DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Proofread edits [EZR] (#1660) 

Update 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Edit 'en_tn_15-EZR.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

Co-authored-by: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/1660
This commit is contained in:
Joel D. Ruark 2021-01-29 14:45:20 +00:00
parent 41f2ad6f46
commit abd04095f6
1 changed files with 463 additions and 463 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

926
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
View File

@ -1,602 +1,602 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
EZR 1 1 ath4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 1 qvp1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first,** in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 1 1 bns6 translate-names לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 xkd5 translate-names פָּרַ֔ס 1 This is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>2. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>3. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>4. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br><br>King Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jews<br><br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
EZR 1 1 ath4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 1 qvp1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “as soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, "first**,"** in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 1 1 bns6 translate-names לְ⁠כ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ 1 **Cyrus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 xkd5 translate-names פָּרַ֔ס 1 **Persia** is the name of an empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 t5sz figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **word** refers to the thing that Yahweh spoke about. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 savk figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 What Yahweh had said specifically was that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after seventy years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 l953 translate-names יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 savk figs-metonymy דְּבַר־יְהוָ֖ה 1 What Yahweh had said specifically was that, after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that Yahweh had made that after 70 years in exile, the Jews would be allowed to return to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 l953 translate-names יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. It occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here, **mouth** represents speaking. Alternate translation: “which Jeremiah spoke about” or “Jeremiah announced this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here, the book uses one part of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 1 1 cz5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit, the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 1 n59e grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 1 fn3a figs-synecdoche הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Yahweh stirred the spirit of Cyrus Here the book uses one aspect of Cyrus, his spirit, to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 1 1 cz5n figs-metaphor הֵעִ֣יר יְהוָ֗ה אֶת־ר֨וּחַ֙ כֹּ֣רֶשׁ 1 Here the book speaks figuratively of Yahweh causing Cyrus to act by saying that he **stirred up** his spirit the way winds might stir up calm waters and make them move around. The meaning is that Yahweh directly influenced the heart and will of Cyrus to get him to do something. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made Cyrus want to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 1 n59e grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 1 yiq4 figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבֶר־קוֹל֙ בְּ⁠כָל־מַלְכוּת֔⁠וֹ 1 his voice went out throughout all his kingdom **He** means Cyrus. In this context, the **sound** is a voice speaking a message, and the voice figuratively represents the message that it speaks. But since the message could not travel by itself, ultimately the reference is to the messengers who delivered it. Alternate translation: “Cyrus sent messengers out to proclaim a decree everywhere in his empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is, **Cyrus also put this decree in writing.** You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 2 arwl figs-informremind יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 1 x1wz figs-ellipsis וְ⁠גַם־בְּ⁠מִכְתָּ֖ב 1 what was written was spoken Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is: Cyrus also put this decree in writing. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Cyrus also sent out written copies of the decree” or “Cyrus also had his scribes write down the decree in his official records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 2 arwl figs-informremind יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God who is above all” or “Yahweh, the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 2 aqj5 figs-hyperbole כֹּ֚ל מַמְלְכ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 all the kingdoms of the earth **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. There were still some kingdoms on earth that Cyrus did not rule. However, he had conquered every other large empire in his part of the world that might have been a threat to him. Alternate translation: “has made me the unchallenged ruler over this entire land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 1 2 zb3e figs-idiom נָ֣תַן לִ֔⁠י 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “has made me the ruler over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 2 dcb6 לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת־ל֣⁠וֹ בַ֔יִת 1 Cyrus is not going to do the building personally. Rather, he means that he is giving the Jews, the people who worship Yahweh, permission and support to rebuild his temple, which the Babylonians had destroyed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for the Jews, the people who worship him, to rebuild his temple”
EZR 1 2 eapm figs-metaphor בַ֔יִת 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house…in Judah Jerusalem is the name of a city, and Judah is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ 1 his people **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “Whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 3 fq6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that God will be **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “May his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 2 i909 figs-informremind בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides some background information about the city where he wants the Jews to rebuild the temple of Yahweh, since many of the recipients of his message might not have known where Jerusalem was. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem, the capital city of the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 2 gmx4 translate-names בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּֽ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 for him a house…in Judah **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judah** is the name of the province in which it was located. These names occur many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate them consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 3 xf34 figs-explicit מִֽי־בָ⁠כֶ֣ם מִ⁠כָּל־עַמּ֗⁠וֹ 1 his people **All** could possibly indicate that this decree envisions not only the people whom the Babylonians had taken into exile from the southern kingdom of Judah some decades before, and their descendants, but also any of the people whose ancestors the Assyrians had taken into exile from the northern kingdom of Israel nearly two centuries earlier. Cyrus now ruled over the territories to which both groups had been exiled. If any in the second group still had awareness and proof of their identity, and if they still wanted to honor and worship Yahweh, they could also return to Jerusalem and help rebuild the temple. (However, as [1:5](../01/05.md) indicates, it was essentially Israelites from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin who actually did return.) Alternate translation: “whoever is an Israelite, from any tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 3 fq6g figs-idiom יְהִ֤י אֱלֹהָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠יַ֕עַל 1 Cyrus wishing that **God** will **be** **with** these Israelites is an idiom that expresses his wish that God would make their journey and the rebuilding project successful. Alternate translation: “may his God make him successful as he goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 3 hz9g figs-idiom וְ⁠יַ֕עַל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Cyrus says **go up** because the Jews would have to travel from a river valley up into the mountains in order to return from their places of exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “let him return to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 3 k839 figs-informremind לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠יהוּדָ֑ה 1 Cyrus once again provides background information about the city. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, in the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 3 gxbj figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית יְהוָה֙ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which Yahweh lived, since Yahweh’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “a temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-informremind יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here, Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 4 t7ux וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
EZR 1 4 fr03 figs-idiom וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר 1 This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are **remaining** or **left over** from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 3 o6x4 figs-informremind יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל ה֥וּא הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Here Cyrus provides further background information to inform his subjects who Yahweh is. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worship, whose temple is in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 1 4 t7ux וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Whoever survives in any place where he lives, let the people in that place help him The structure of this sentence may present difficulties for some readers because the long phrase at the beginning actually describes who will receive the action, rather than who will do the action. To make things clearer for your readers, you could say first who will do the action. Alternate translation: “let the people who live in any place where Jewish survivors are in exile help them”
EZR 1 4 fr03 figs-idiom וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֗ר 1 This phrase refers to any Israelite who is a surviving member of the group that was taken into exile, or who is a descendant of someone in that group. The word **remaining** refers to people who are remaining or left over from a larger group. In this context, that larger group is all of the Israelites who lived in the land of Judah before the Babylonians conquered it. Alternate translation: “any survivor of the Jews who were taken from their land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 vvzw figs-idiom מִֽ⁠כָּל־הַ⁠מְּקֹמוֹת֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than in one’s native land. **He** means a Jew such as is described in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “in any of the places where a Jew may be living in exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 uoep אֲשֶׁ֣ר ה֣וּא גָֽר־שָׁם֒ 1 Saying **where** and **there** together like this is a characteristic Hebrew construction, but it might represent an unnecessary duplication in your language. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could omit any translation of the word “there.”
EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י מְקֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 It is likely that both women and men would have helped to gather the supplies listed in the rest of this verse to support the returning Jews. So the term **men** here probably includes both groups. Alternate translation: “the people of that place should help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means **help**. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּ⁠הוּ֙ 1 **Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨⁠נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and **house of Yahweh** to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 5 hgd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּק֜וּמוּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “in response to this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 1 5 hgd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
EZR 1 5 bezo figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 rt3n translate-names לִֽ⁠יהוּדָה֙ וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 These are the names of two of the tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here, the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits, the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת 1 In this context, the term **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 5 s2yg figs-metaphor לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הֵעִ֤יר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת־רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 with everyone whose spirit God had stirred up to go up Here the book again speaks figuratively of God causing people to act by saying that he **stirred up** their spirits the way winds might stir up calm waters and get them to move around. The meaning is that God directly influenced the hearts and wills of these clan leaders to get them to do something. Alternate translation: “all those whom God had led to act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 5 ywuq figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲל֣וֹת 1 In this context, the term **arose** means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “started making preparations to travel to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 6 ihv7 figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כָל־סְבִיבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 **All** is an exaggeration for emphasis. Every person who lived near a returning Jew did not necessarily provide support. But the expression indicates that the Jews received very generous support from many of their neighbors. Alternate translation: “the people of their communities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the **freewill offerings** that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “In addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽ⁠ידֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 strengthened their hands Here, **hands** figuratively represents strength and power. This expression means that the neighbors of the Jews gave them greater capacity to act and fulfill their project by supplying them with the items listed. Alternate translation: “helped them by giving them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְ⁠בַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו׃ 1 **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 **Nebuchadnezzar** is is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 1 8 j32q figs-explicit וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so Mithredath brought them out from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Mithredath…Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 j32q figs-explicit וַ⁠יּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗⁠ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so **Mithredath brought them out** from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Mithredath…Sheshbazzar Mithredath is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 wc54 translate-unknown הַ⁠גִּזְבָּ֑ר 1 brought them out by the hand of Mithredath the treasurer This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יִּסְפְּרֵ⁠ם֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 treasurer **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 8 xkar translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called Sheshbazzar here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 xkar translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 wb5a translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 This leader of the first group of exiles to return to Judah, who is called **Sheshbazzar** here and in [1:11](../01/11.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), and [5:16](../05/16.md), seems to be the same person who is called Zerubbabel in the rest of the book. The reason for the difference in names is not clear. Some interpreters suggest that he was known as Sheshbazzar in the Persian court and that he used the name Zerubbabel as governor of Judah. It would probably be best simply to translate both names consistently where they appear without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear and generally accepted explanation for it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 1 8 qsti הַ⁠נָּשִׂ֖יא לִ⁠יהוּדָֽה׃ 1 The book says in [5:14](../05/14.md) that Cyrus appointed Sheshbazzar to be the governor of the province of Judah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use that phrase to describe him here. Alternate translation: “the governor of the province of Judah”
EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם 1 General Information: This expression means, **This is how many there were of each kind of utensil** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 9 hu9c figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה מִסְפָּרָ֑⁠ם 1 General Information: This expression means this is how many there were of each kind of utensil (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ מִשְׁנִ֔ים 1 bowls This means that these bowls were a different type of bowl than the gold ones just mentioned. It does not mean that the silver was of a different type than the silver in the basins described in [1:9](../01/09.md).
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means, **The total number of these gold and silver objects was 5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items, because the last item on the list itself is **other vessels.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
EZR 1 11 z55f כָּל־כֵּלִים֙ לַ⁠זָּהָ֣ב וְ⁠לַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 This expression means the total number of these gold and silver objects was **5,400**. Verses [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md) actually list only 2,499 items, and it is not clear why the numbers are different. The explanation does not seem to be that the total here includes other miscellaneous items because the last item on the list itself is other vessels**.** It would probably be best simply to report this total without calling attention to the difference and trying to explain it, since there is no clear reason for it.
EZR 1 11 i30r figs-idiom הַ⁠כֹּ֞ל הֶעֱלָ֣ה שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֗ר עִ֚ם הֵעָל֣וֹת הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל לִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 Like the similar expression in [1:3](../01/03.md), here the book says **brought up** and **going up** because the Jews had to travel from a river valley up into the mountains to return from exile to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Sheshbazzar brought all these vessels along when he traveled to Jerusalem with the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland but who were now returning from Babylon to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 1 11 kt84 figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **exiles** refers in this context to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 1 11 fi2e translate-names מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל 1 This is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה 1 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of the province of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 1 11 kt84 figs-abstractnouns הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **exiles** refers, in this context, to the community of Jews who were living in Babylon because the Babylonians had relocated them away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the group of Jews who had been taken away from their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 1 11 fi2e translate-names מִ⁠בָּבֶ֖ל 1 **Babylon** is the name of a city. The book also uses this name for the empire that was once ruled from that city, and for the region that had been at the heart of this empire that became a province in the Persian Empire. The name occurs many times in the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>People had to prove they were priests or that they were Jews through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZR 2 1 ezk9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה 1 General Information: The book speaks figuratively here of **the province** of Judah as if it were the ancestor of all the Jews who had come from there. Alternate translation: “the people from the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 1 ponw figs-metonymy הַ⁠מְּדִינָ֗ה 1 **The province** means the province of Judah. The document is referring to Judah by something associated with it, its status as a province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 went up **Went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 went up **Went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 1 czrg figs-abstractnouns מִ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶגְלָ֛ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל 1 The abstract nouns **captivity** and **exiles** refer to the way Nebuchadnezzar took these people prisoner and transported them away from their homeland. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these terms with verbs. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken their ancestors prisoner and transported them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Here, **a man** means **each one** or **each person**. Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 2 mxt0 אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם 1 This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “The leaders of this group were”
EZR 2 1 evx5 figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ לְ⁠עִירֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 Here, **a man** means each one or each person. Alternate translation: “they went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 2 mxt0 אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣אוּ עִם 1 This phrase introduces a list of the men who led this group back to Judah. Alternate translation: “the leaders of this group were”
EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְ֠חֶמְיָה שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are the names of twelve men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 General Information: This means, **From the descendants of Parosh, 2,172 returned**. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like **returned** throughout [2:3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Pahath-Moab…Jeshua Pahath-Moab is the name of a man, and Jeshua and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 8 d53m translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 9 nbic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 9 da7k translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 10 jcd8 translate-names בָנִ֔י 1 Bani Bani is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 11 h16w translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 12 rxn6 translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 13 uzn6 translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 14 ptzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 14 qkv6 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai Bigvai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 15 it7t translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 16 vui3 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 Ater Ater is the name of a man, and Hezekiah is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 17 qo8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 17 t3k5 translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai Bezai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 18 k95c translate-names יוֹרָ֔ה 1 Jorah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 ninety-five Gibbar is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the town of Bethlehem as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 Bethlehem is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 22 v2ky translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּֽׁה׃ 1 Netophah Netophah is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Netophah, 56 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 23 l29x translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָֽה׃ 1 Anathoth Anathoth is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 24 qlw7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 forty-two The list speaks here of the town of Azmaveth as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 24 d37s translate-names עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Azmaveth Azmaveth is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 25 y9xa figs-personification בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Arim…Kephirah…Beeroth The list speaks here of the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 25 rw2o translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 26 iyhq figs-personification בְּנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 The list speaks here of the towns of Ramah and Geba as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 26 k69y translate-names הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 Geba Ramah and Geba are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 27 m82a translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 Michmas Michmas is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 28 g96s translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Bethel and Ai are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 29 n7ir figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ 1 fifty-two The list speaks here of the town of Nebo as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 29 j5sn translate-names נְב֖וֹ 1 Nebo Nebo is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 30 m297 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 The list speaks here of the town of Magbish as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 30 kvd9 translate-names מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Magbish Magbish is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 General Information: The list speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “from the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 31 sl5j translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The list speaks here of the town of Harim as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 33 ti5a figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 The list speaks here of the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 33 e3tw translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod…Hadid…Ono Lod, Hadid, and Ono are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 34 eyhe figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Here the list speaks figuratively of the city of Jericho as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 34 pt5k translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 General Information: Jericho is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 35 frxs figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The list speaks here of the town of Senaah as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 General Information: A priest was someone who was chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Jedaiah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Jeshua Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Jeshua is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 38 w3dr translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: The Levites were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel…Hodaviah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 seventy-four Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 This term refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 gatekeepers This term refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 2 z77p מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 This is the number In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. Alternate translation: “this is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town”
EZR 2 3 i2m7 בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 General Information: This means that from the descendants **of Parosh, 2,172** returned. To help make this clear for your readers, you could say something like "returned" throughout [2:3–42](../02/03.md), after the name of each group and the number that is given.
EZR 2 3 gmbm figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Parosh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 3 zew1 translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh **Parosh** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 4 xs2j figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shephatiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah **Shephatiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah **Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Pahath-Moab…Jeshua **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 8 d53m translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu **Zattu** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 9 nbic figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Zakkai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 9 da7k translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai **Zakka**i is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 10 fo1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בָנִ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bani” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 10 jcd8 translate-names בָנִ֔י 1 Bani **Bani** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 11 ak1t figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 11 h16w translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai **Bebai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 12 bhyt figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Azgad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 12 rxn6 translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad **Azgad** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 13 yr6e figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adonikam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 13 uzn6 translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam **Adonikam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 14 ptzp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bigvai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 14 qkv6 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Bigvai **Bigvai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 15 u5zk figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Adin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 15 it7t translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin **Adin** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 16 kk2c figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר 1 ninety-eight **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Ater who were descendants of Hezekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 16 vui3 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר לִֽ⁠יחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 Ater **Ater** is the name of a man, and **Hezekiah** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 17 qo8d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Bezai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 17 t3k5 translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Bezai **Bezai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 18 ghnw figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 18 k95c translate-names יוֹרָ֔ה 1 **Jorah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 19 i6kg figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Hashum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 19 j9nm translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum **Hashum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 20 r5bq figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבָּ֖ר 1 Gibbar **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Gibbar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 20 g26q translate-names גִבָּ֖ר 1 ninety-five **Gibbar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 21 iu4s figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 The sons of Bethlehem The list speaks here of the town of **Bethlehem** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Bethlehem, 123 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 21 j7z9 translate-names בֵֽית־לָ֔חֶם 1 **Bethlehem** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 22 v2ky translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֥י נְטֹפָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּֽׁה׃ 1 Netophah **Netophah** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Netophah, 56 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 23 l29x translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י עֲנָת֔וֹת מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁמֹנָֽה׃ 1 Anathoth **Anathoth** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Anathoth, 128 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 24 qlw7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 forty-two The list speaks here of the town of **Azmaveth** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 24 d37s translate-names עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Azmaveth **Azmaveth** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 25 y9xa figs-personification בְּנֵ֨י קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Kiriath Arim…Kephirah…Beeroth The list speaks here of the towns of **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah, and Beeroth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 25 rw2o translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת עָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּ⁠בְאֵר֔וֹת 1 **Kirjath-Arim, Kephirah**, and **Beeroth** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 26 iyhq figs-personification בְּנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 The list speaks here of the towns of **Ramah and Geba** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Ramah and Geba” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 26 k69y translate-names הָ⁠רָמָה֙ וָ⁠גָ֔בַע 1 Geba **Ramah** and **Geba** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 27 m82a translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֣י מִכְמָ֔ס מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 Michmas **Michmas** is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Michmas, 122 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 28 g96s translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עָ֔י מָאתַ֖יִם עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 **Bethel** and **Ai** are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Bethel and Ai, 223 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 29 n7ir figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ 1 fifty-two The list speaks here of the town of **Nebo** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Nebo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 29 j5sn translate-names נְב֖וֹ 1 Nebo **Nebo** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 30 m297 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 The list speaks here of the town of **Magbish** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 30 kvd9 translate-names מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Magbish **Magbish** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 General Information: The list speaks here of the town of **Elam** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “from the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 31 sl5j translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 **Elam** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 The list speaks here of the town of **Harim** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 33 ti5a figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 The list speaks here of the towns of **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** as if they were the ancestors of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in these towns. Alternate translation: “from the towns of Lod, Hadid, and Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 33 e3tw translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְ⁠אוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod…Hadid…Ono **Lod, Hadid, and Ono** are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 34 eyhe figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Here the list speaks figuratively of the city of **Jericho** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that city. Alternate translation: “from the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 34 pt5k translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 General Information: **Jericho** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 35 frxs figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 The list speaks here of the town of **Senaah** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Senaah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah **Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 General Information: **The priests** were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “this is how many men returned from each family of priests”
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 Jedaiah **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Jeshua **Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 **Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 38 fvt0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Pashhur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 38 w3dr translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 **Pashhur** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim **Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: **The Levites** were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “some Levites also returned” or “some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Kadmiel…Hodaviah **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְ⁠קַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 seventy-four **Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodevah** is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 **The ones who sang** refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַ⁠שֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 gatekeepers **The gatekeepers** refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Ater These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 General Information: The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 52 yoav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 Keros…Siaha…Padon **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 Lebanah…Hagabah **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 Hagab…Shalmai…Hanan **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 47 qg3y figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֥ל בְּנֵי־גַ֖חַר בְּנֵ֥י רְאָיָֽה׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Giddel, Gahar, Reaiah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 48 hw0m figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְצִ֥ין בְּנֵי־נְקוֹדָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י גַזָּֽם׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Rezin, Nekoda, Gazzam,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 49 csjh figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֥א בְנֵי־פָסֵ֖חַ בְּנֵ֥י בֵסָֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Uzza, Paseah, Besai,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 50 pxdj figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־אַסְנָ֥ה בְנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפיסים׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Asnah, Meunim, Nephusim,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 51 fd31 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר׃ 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bakbuk, Hakupha, Harhur,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 52 yoav figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְל֥וּת בְּנֵי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Bazluth, Mehida, Harsha,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 53 c1mt figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Barkos, Sisera, Temah,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these two men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Neziah, and Hatipha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 General Information: **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 zx3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י…הַ⁠סֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 392 Alternate translation: “Altogether 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 General Information: As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means **traveled from Babylon back to Judah**, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “Some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֔ים וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 392 Alternate translation: “altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
EZR 2 59 fa24 figs-idiom וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 General Information: As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **went up** means traveled from Babylon back to Judah, since that involved going from a river valley up into the mountains. Alternate translation: “some others returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 59 kgcj translate-names מִ⁠תֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדָּ֖ן אִמֵּ֑ר 1 These are the names of five towns in Babylonia. Alternate translation: “who had been living in the towns of Tel Melah, Tel Harsha, Kerub, Addon, and Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 59 gd69 וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “They had no records to prove”
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites”; otherwise, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 2 59 gd69 וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְ⁠הַגִּ֤יד 1 Alternate translation: “they had no records to prove”
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם אִ֥ם מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or, “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 2 59 jlej figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning **offspring.** In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, **whose seed they were**. Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 652 Alternate translation: “Altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠זַרְעָ֔⁠ם 1 Here, **seed** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] meaning offspring**.** In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠שְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 652 Alternate translation: “altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 61 io29 וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 io29 וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִ⁠בְּנֵי֙ הַ⁠כֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means **descendants**. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַ⁠גִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 61 cxge וַ⁠יִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽ⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה׃ 1 the records of their ancestry If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “So they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 2 63 d82e translate-unknown הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “The Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛⁠ם הַ⁠מִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְ⁠לֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה׃ 1 the records of their ancestry If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽ⁠יְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַ⁠כְּהֻנָּֽה 1 they were excluded from the priesthood as defiled The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 2 63 d82e translate-unknown הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “the Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר…לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִ⁠קֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings, which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 63 e7bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 63 e7bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 Here, **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 63 n2du translate-unknown לְ⁠אוּרִ֥ים וּ⁠לְ⁠תֻמִּֽים 1 Urim and Thummim This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 whole group The expression **as one** means **all together**. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 whole group The expression **as one** means all together. Alternate translation: “the total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 65 w7yu מִ֠⁠לְּ⁠בַד עַבְדֵי⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠אַמְהֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 their maidservants Alternate translation: “not counting their 7,337 male and female servants”
EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This is a different group from the **singers** in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵי⁠הֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “The group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules,” beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse.
EZR 2 65 i75w translate-unknown וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֛ם מְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים וּֽ⁠מְשֹׁרְר֖וֹת מָאתָֽיִם 1 these were 7,337 This group of those **who sang** is a different group from those in [2:41](../02/41.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 200 male and female singers they employed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 66 t7kb סוּסֵי⁠הֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵי⁠הֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה׃ 1 General Information: Alternate translation, beginning a sentence that will continue through the next verse: “the group also brought back with them 736 horses, 245 mules”
EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים׃ 1 Alternate translation, concluding the sentence from the previous verse: “435 camels, and 6,720 donkeys”
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses.** The full expression **house of the father** was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem…the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽ⁠אָב֔וֹת 1 **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression "house of their fathers" was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּ⁠מֵ⁠רָאשֵׁי֙ 1 Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְ⁠בֵ֣ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְ⁠הַעֲמִיד֖⁠וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽ⁠וֹ 1 This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 2 69 v744 לְ⁠אוֹצַ֣ר הַ⁠מְּלָאכָה֒ 1 sixty-one thousand…five thousand…one hundred **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף 1 gold darics In ancient times, a gold daric weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bmoney וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 minas In ancient times, a silver mina weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 2 69 h3zd translate-unknown וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה 1 tunics These were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 70 w7fw וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃ 1 and all Israel lived in their cities This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: **priests** in v. [36](../02/36.md), **Levites** in v. [40](../02/40.md), **singers** in v. [41](../02/41.md), **gatekeepers** in v. [42](../02/42.md), and **Nethinim** in v. [43](../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָ⁠אֶ֔לֶף 1 gold darics In ancient times, **gold darics** each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bmoney וְ⁠כֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 minas In ancient times, **silver minas** each weighed about half a kilogram, or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
EZR 2 69 h3zd translate-unknown וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מֵאָֽה 1 tunics Tunics were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “100 special garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 2 70 w7fw וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּם וּֽ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֞ם וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠נְּתִינִ֖ים בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם׃ 1 and all Israel lived in their cities This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: priests in v. [36](../02/36.md), Levites in v. [40](../02/40.md), singers in v. [41](../02/41.md), gatekeepers in v. [42](../02/42.md), and Nethinim in v. [43](../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
EZR 2 70 gg6o figs-parallelism וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>They immediately began the temple worship even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ 1 The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּגַּע֙ הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as [2:6](../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 1 h84e translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew month into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים ס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Sons** figuratively means **descendants**. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים ס וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 1 hh94 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man **As one man** is an idiom that means **as if they were a single person**, that is, all in once place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 2 hbk8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּקָם֩ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once everyone had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 2 s7ds figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּקָם֩ 1 In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 2 ua8i translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua Jeshua is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). Jozadak is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 2 o0k8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying **fellow priests**, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 2 gq2e translate-names וּ⁠זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel Zerubbabel is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). Shealtiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 2 j3ra figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**. The other seven men listed in [2:2](../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 2 yy1u figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת 1 rose up and built This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 2 kqvh figs-explicit עֹל֔וֹת 1 The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God, through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man **As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “in a huge crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 2 hbk8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּקָם֩ 1 The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “once everyone had gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 2 s7ds figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּקָם֩ 1 In this context, the word **arose** means they took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” or “carried out their plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 2 ua8i translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua **Jeshua** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Jozadak** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 2 o0k8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Here, **brothers** is likely a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Jeshua were included in this group. Jeshua himself was the high priest at this time. Alternate translation: “his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 2 gq2e translate-names וּ⁠זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 2 j3ra figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 Here, **brothers** appears to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders. The other seven men listed in [2:2](../02/02.md) as leaders of the group that returned from exile may be particularly in view. Alternate translation: “his fellow leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 2 yy1u figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּבְנ֕וּ אֶת־מִזְבַּ֖ח אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְ⁠הַעֲל֤וֹת עָלָי⁠ו֙ עֹל֔וֹת 1 rose up and built This was a way of resuming regular community worship even before construction began on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they built a new altar to the God of Israel so that the priests could start offering sacrifices right away on behalf of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 2 kqvh figs-explicit עֹל֔וֹת 1 The book assumes that readers will know that this means whole burnt offerings, that is, sacrifices that were burned up completely on the altar. These were offered to express a desire to be in good standing with God through the complete sacrifice of something valuable and also through the creation of an aroma, the smell of roasting meat, that was considered to be pleasing to God. If your language has a special term for such offerings, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 2 eg3w figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֕וּב בְּ⁠תוֹרַ֖ת מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 as it is written in the law of Moses If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-informremind מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here, the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 2 h7xj translate-names מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 This is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 3 mo49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or, “Because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 2 gjpk figs-informremind מֹשֶׁ֥ה אִישׁ־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Moses was. Alternate translation: “Moses, that godly man” or “Moses, that man who knew God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 2 h7xj translate-names מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 **Moses** is the name of a man. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 3 mo49 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection, so they made rebuilding the altar their first priority” or “because they were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them, thinking they might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible, and so they began right away with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 3 t8y7 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּכִ֤ינוּ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ עַל־מְכ֣וֹנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 they set the altar on its foundation This phrase likely means that the priests and leaders built this new altar right at the place where the altar had been located within the former temple. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would help make things clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 dread was on them The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them, or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 3 n3m4 figs-personification בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here, the book speaks figuratively of dread or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area, who were originally from other places (**lands**), but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as **from that time on**. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily offerings in the Law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 4 pqln grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 3 bk73 figs-explicit כִּ֚י בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 dread was on them The book does not say specifically why the Israelites were afraid of the people from other groups who lived around them. Two possibilities are that they were afraid these people might attack them or that they might try to keep them from rebuilding the temple, in both cases to stop them from re-establishing themselves in their former homeland. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could suggest one of these explanations explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might attack them, they wanted to ask God for help and protection” or “because they were afraid that the people from other groups who lived around them might try to stop them from rebuilding the temple, they wanted to get started on rebuilding as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 3 n3m4 figs-personification בְּ⁠אֵימָ֣ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Here the book speaks figuratively of **dread** or fear as if it were a living thing that could land on or rest on the Israelites. Alternate translation: “they were very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 3 3 c33h figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 because of the people of the land This was the expression that the Jews used to refer to members of other people groups, including some that the Assyrians had brought into the area who were originally from other places (**lands**) but who were now living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “people from other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 3 a9a2 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 They offered on it burnt offerings to Yahweh, both the morning and evening burnt offerings The word **then** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the activity it describes took place after the events the story has been describing. Specifically, this was a continuous activity, not something the leaders did just on that occasion. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as "from that time on." Alternate translation: “from that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 3 vc8u figs-explicit וַיַּעֲל֨וּ עָלָ֤י⁠ו עֹלוֹת֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠בֹּ֥קֶר וְ⁠לָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 As [3:2](../03/02.md) notes, God had commanded these daily **offerings** in the law of Moses. By resuming them, the leaders and priests were restoring the regular worship life of the community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from that time on, the priests offered sacrifices to Yahweh on this altar every morning and every evening. By doing that, they restored the regular worship life of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 4 pqln grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now recount came after the event it has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. The next event is specifically the Festival of Tabernacles, which the Law of Moses said to observe from the fifteenth through the twenty-second days of the seventh month. So that event would have taken place about two weeks after the Israelites first gathered in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “later that month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 4 iej2 figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֛וּ אֶת־חַ֥ג הַ⁠סֻּכּ֖וֹת 1 the Festival of Shelters This phrase describes the Israelites celebrating an observance that is also known as the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites how Yahweh had cared for their ancestors when they lived in temporary shelters as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites celebrated the Festival of Tabernacles to remember how God had taken care of their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in as they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 4 q687 figs-activepassive כַּ⁠כָּת֑וּב 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded the people of Israel to do through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 4 ka3d figs-explicit וְ⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 These expressions refer to the way the Law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “They offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 4 ka3d figs-explicit וְ⁠עֹלַ֨ת י֤וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפָּ֔ר כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֖ט דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 These expressions refer to the way the law of Moses commanded the Israelites to offer a different number of sacrifices on each of the eight days of this festival. Alternate translation: “they offered burnt offerings every day, and on each day they offered the number of sacrifices that the law specified for that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 5 r95n grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן 1 This phrase indicates that the activity it describes took place after the one it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “from that time on.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 5 yg77 figs-ellipsis עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 6 x3mt translate-ordinal מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ 1 from the first day of the seventh month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 6 cz5p grammar-connect-logic-contrast הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as **even though** between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 5 yg77 figs-ellipsis עֹלַ֤ת תָּמִיד֙ וְ⁠לֶ֣⁠חֳדָשִׁ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־מוֹעֲדֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הַ⁠מְקֻדָּשִׁ֑ים וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֛ל מִתְנַדֵּ֥ב נְדָבָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that once the daily morning and evening sacrifices had been re-instituted, the less frequent sacrifices were resumed as well, including those for the new moon, for the annual festivals, and on the occasion of freewill offerings. You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests offered sacrifices every morning and evening, and they also offered sacrifices for the new moon festivals, for the festivals that Yahweh had commanded them to observe each year, and whenever anyone freely offered an animal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 6 x3mt translate-ordinal מִ⁠יּ֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ 1 from the first day of the seventh month The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of days, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “starting on the first day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 6 cz5p grammar-connect-logic-contrast הֵחֵ֕לּוּ לְ⁠הַעֲל֥וֹת עֹל֖וֹת לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This sentence draws a contrast between the conditions under which readers would have expected sacrifices to resume and the conditions under which they actually did resume. You could use a connecting phrase such as "even though" between the two clauses to indicate this contrast. Alternate translation: “they resumed offering sacrifices to Yahweh, even though they had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 6 cip8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 although the foundation of the temple of Yahweh had not been laid If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 6 qiw8 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הֵיכַ֥ל יְהוָ֖ה לֹ֥א יֻסָּֽד 1 This phrase likely means specifically that no one had laid a foundation yet for the new temple. That would have been the first step in construction. However, this seems to be a figurative way of describing the entire process of building the temple by referring to one part of that process, its first step. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had not yet rebuilt the temple of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 7 rmxu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 7 rmxu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ 1 The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces will explain what people did as a result of the situation that the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 7 y5sm figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The implication is that the Jewish leaders did this, and the rest of the things the verse describes, in order to start construction on the new temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to start building a new temple, they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 **Give** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 kpjx figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 **Gave** is an idiom that means the Jewish leaders paid money to these workers in exchange for their expected labor. The money was not a gift. Alternate translation: “they hired masons and carpenters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 sqt7 וַ⁠יִּ֨תְּנוּ־כֶ֔סֶף 1 **Silver** here means money. Though the payment may well have been in the form of silver coins, such as are described in [2:69](../02/69.md), the value of the payment is in view. The book is describing that value figuratively by reference to something associated with it, the silver that served as the medium of exchange. Alternate translation: “they paid money” or “they hired”
EZR 3 7 hm3b translate-unknown לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים 1 This term describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 q3ku translate-unknown וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 This term describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 snzd figs-idiom וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave** earlier in the sentence apply to this phrase as well. **Gave** would now have the sense of **sent**, since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “They also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both also things that the Israelites produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 7 hm3b translate-unknown לַ⁠חֹצְבִ֖ים 1 The term **masons** describes workers who build things from stone. Alternate translation: “stoneworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 q3ku translate-unknown וְ⁠לֶ⁠חָרָשִׁ֑ים 1 The term **carpenters** describes workers who build things from wood. Alternate translation: “woodworkers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 snzd figs-idiom וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים 1 This phrase describes a further step that the Jewish leaders took to rebuild the temple. The words **they gave,** earlier in the sentence, apply to this phrase as well. **Gave** would now have the sense of "sent," since the leaders made this payment in kind rather than in cash. Alternate translation: “they also sent grain and wine and olive oil to the people who lived in the cities of Sidon and Tyre” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 i65c figs-synecdoche וּ⁠מַאֲכָ֨ל וּ⁠מִשְׁתֶּ֜ה וָ⁠שֶׁ֗מֶן 1 While these are all general terms that describe categories of things, the book is likely using them to refer figuratively to specific items within each category. **Food** means anything to eat, but here it probably means one kind of food, grain, which the Israelites grew in their land and which they could transport relatively easily. **Drink** means anything to drink, but it probably means wine, and **oil** probably means olive oil, because these were both things that the Israelites also produced and could transport. Alternate translation: “grain and wine and olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 7 zqr4 translate-names לַ⁠צִּֽדֹנִים֙ וְ⁠לַ⁠צֹּרִ֔ים 1 These are the names of two people groups. The terms describe the residents of the cities of Sidon and Tyre, which were located on the seacoast north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 yj5k grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הָבִיא֩ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as “so that” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so that they would bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term **cedar** refers to a large fir tree with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that was valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 i1u7 translate-unknown עֲצֵ֨י אֲרָזִ֤ים 1 The term **cedar** refers to large fir trees with strong, beautiful, aromatic wood that were valued for construction. Such trees grew plentifully and grew to great heights in the region of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “cedar trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 7 zvt6 figs-idiom מִן־הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ אֶל־יָ֣ם יָפ֔וֹא 1 The **sea of Joppa** is not the name of a body of water. Instead, that term refers to the coast of the Mediterranean Sea at the port city of Joppa. This full phrase means that the people of Tyre and Sidon were to cut cedar trees in Lebanon and transport them to Israel by floating them along the seacoast to the port of Joppa. Alternate translation: “by sea from Lebanon to Joppa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 7 gq2g translate-names הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ 1 This is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 kya8 translate-names יָפ֔וֹא 1 This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 gq2g translate-names הַ⁠לְּבָנוֹן֙ 1 **Lebanon** is the name of a place. It was a mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 kya8 translate-names יָפ֔וֹא 1 **Joppa** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 7 ze22 figs-activepassive כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 according to the permission they had from King Cyrus of Persia If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 7 tfm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as **and so**. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, **Then, in the second month of the second year**. You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, **Then, seven months later**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 Alternate translation: “in month 2 of year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 7 tfm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּ⁠רִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as "and so." Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by saying something like, "then, in the second month of the second year." You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events by saying something like, "then, seven months later." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 Alternate translation: “in month two of year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 8 eh5s translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second month You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things. (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there**. (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case it would mean, **in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there**. You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית לְ⁠בוֹאָ֞⁠ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ לִ⁠יר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things: (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case, it would mean "in the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there." or (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case, it would mean "in the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there." You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 8 y8bn figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 to the house of God Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 8 ckj4 figs-explicit בַּ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֑י 1 in the second year The book does not say explicitly why the Jewish leaders started the actual construction of the new temple at this time. One possibility is that once they had ordered the necessary materials, as [3:7](../03/07.md) describes, it took seven months for enough materials to be delivered for construction to begin. Another possibility is that the leaders waited until spring because winter would have been a bad time to start building. Yet another possibility is that they wanted to lay the foundation of this new temple in the second month of the year for ceremonial reasons, because that was the month in which King Solomon had laid the foundation of the original temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the second month, once they had received sufficient materials” or “in the second month, once the spring weather came” or “in the second month, the same month when King Solomon laid the foundation of the first temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל 1 Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם ׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying **fellow leaders**, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 8 wwz8 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֣ל בֶּן־שְׁ֠אַלְתִּיאֵל 1 **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 8 fa38 translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בֶּן־יֽוֹצָדָ֜ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 8 bzi5 figs-metaphor וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֣ם ׀ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Here, **brothers** seems to be a figurative way of saying fellow leaders, since the priests and Levites were also leaders in the community like Zerubbabel the governor and Jeshua the high priest. Alternate translation: “their fellow leaders, the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 8 hy61 figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בָּאִים֙ מֵ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֣י 1 The abstract noun **captivity** refers to the way the Babylonians had transported many of the Jews away from their homeland when they conquered Jerusalem. (These included many of the parents or grandparents of the people here, but also some of these people themselves, as [3:12](../03/12.md) indicates.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the people who had returned to Jerusalem from where their enemies had taken them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 8 uyam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here, the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means **began to build a new temple**. You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as **so** to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 8 uyam figs-ellipsis הֵחֵ֡לּוּ 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This most likely means "began to build a new temple." You could say that as an alternate translation if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 8 tliz grammar-connect-logic-goal וַ⁠יַּעֲמִ֣ידוּ 1 This phrase describes the purpose for which the Jewish leaders took the actions that the rest of the verse describes. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a term such as "so" to indicate this. Alternate translation: “so they appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 3 8 hf5n figs-idiom אֶת־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 from twenty years old Here, **son of** **20 years and above** is an idiom that indicates a person’s age. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were at least 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 8 vyhg figs-ellipsis לְ⁠נַצֵּ֖חַ עַל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 In this context, **the work of the house** is an abbreviated way of referring to the project of constructing a new temple. Alternate translation: “to supervise the construction of a new temple for Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 8 jfho בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “a new temple for Yahweh”
EZR 3 9 b5al grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 9 s6i8 translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Jeshua…Henadad This is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 b5al grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד 1 The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 9 s6i8 translate-names יֵשׁ֡וּעַ 1 Jeshua…Henadad **Jeshua** is the name of a man, but he is not the high priest mentioned in the previous verse. Rather, he is the Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md) as one of the exiles who returned to Judah. See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 up2g בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ֠⁠אֶחָי⁠ו 1 The terms **sons** and **brothers** do not seem to be figurative here, as those terms likely are later in the verse. Rather, they would describe the biological sons and brothers of Jeshua as people who worked closely with him in supervising the construction of the new temple. So it would be appropriate to use the usual terms in your language for these close relationships.
EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel This is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו 1 Here as well the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 But here **sons** does figuratively mean **descendants**. As [2:40](../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40](../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Kadmiel **Kadmiel** is is the name of a man. He is another Levite clan leader listed in [2:40](../02/40.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּ⁠בָנָ֤י⁠ו 1 Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 But here, **sons** does figuratively mean descendants. As [2:40](../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ 1 **Judah** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40](../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד לְ⁠נַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּ⁠אֶחָ֔ד 1 **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 9 mgw2 הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple, under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: (1) “Those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites,” or, (2) “The sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 (1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying **their fellow Levites**, as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean **fellow Levites**, and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translation: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translations: (1) “those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” or, (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 (1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying "their fellow Levites," as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean "fellow Levites," and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translations: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 9 nyal translate-names בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵי⁠הֶ֥ם 1 The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then.** Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ הַ⁠בֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 The word **and** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as "then." Alternate translation: “then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל 1 laid the foundation This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 10 wkt7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ 1 The word at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as **at that time**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 3 10 y39g figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests come to the temple site wearing their sacred garments and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 wkt7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠יִסְּד֥וּ 1 The word **and** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that the event it describes took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as "at that time." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 3 10 y39g figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּ⁠חֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 As in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumes the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site  and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 kh7e figs-activepassive מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים 1 in their garments If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 The book expects readers to know that the Levites of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants** Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 fvas translate-names אָסָף֙ 1 Asaph is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 10 v35v translate-unknown בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 with cymbals Cymbals are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like **so**. Alternate translation: “The leaders wanted to worship Yahweh to celebrate this occasion, and they wanted to do that in the way that King David of Israel had commanded. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד 1 the hands of David Here, the hands of a king are used figuratively to represent his power to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 10 zb0l figs-informremind דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 11 ajjk grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 11 bw1v וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 **They** means the Levite singers. **In response** means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translation: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally”
EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph, sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 10 i9ce figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the Levites who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 10 fvas translate-names אָסָף֙ 1 **Asaph** is a man’s name. See how you translated it in [2:41](../02/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 3 10 v35v translate-unknown בַּֽ⁠מְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 with cymbals **Cymbals** are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 3 10 wpry grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠הַלֵּל֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה עַל־יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 You could make this phrase the second sentence in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that would come afterwards, and you could show the connection by using a word like "so." Alternate translation: “to worship Yahweh in the way that King David of Israel had commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 10 t64z figs-metonymy יְדֵ֖י דָּוִ֥יד 1 the hands of David Here, the phrase, **hands of the king,** ise used figuratively to represent his power to give commands. Alternate translation: “as David had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 10 zb0l figs-informremind דָּוִ֥יד מֶֽלֶךְ־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here the book provides some background information to describe more fully who David was. Alternate translation: “King David of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 3 11 ajjk grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “once all the musicians were in place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 3 11 bw1v וַֽ֠⁠יַּעֲנוּ 1 **They** means the Levite singers. **In response** means that first one group of them sang something, and then a second group of them sang something in reply, possibly playing instruments as well. The groups likely did this repeatedly over the course of a given song. Alternate translations: “the Levites sang responsively” or “the Levites sang antiphonally”
EZR 3 11 hgd5 figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 giving thanks These are at least some of the words that the Levites sang on this occasion. Based on their other occurrences in the Bible, they may be the words to a refrain that the second group sang in response to verses that the first group sang. Or they may be the entire lyrics to a song that was sung for this celebration. Either way, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate that they are the words of the singers by setting off them with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as **keep promises**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 12 cq1v figs-ellipsis וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת 1 This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple before it was destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means **when construction began on the temple in their sight**. Alternate translation: “began to weep when they saw the foundation that the builders had laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple…this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. You could indicate this contrast by saying something like, “But many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To lift up a voice is an idiom that means to speak, shout, or sing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as **happy**. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 13 isem grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֵ֣ין 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 13 fpsh grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the weeping of those who had seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ֖⁠וֹ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 His covenant faithfulness to Israel is forever The abstract noun **faithfulness** describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh keeping all of the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as "keep promises." Alternate translation: “Yahweh always keeps the promises he made to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֡ים 1 The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as "however" to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 12 cq1v figs-ellipsis וְ⁠רָאשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠אָב֜וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying "the heads of the father's houses." Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַ⁠זְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת 1 This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translations: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָסְד֔⁠וֹ זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means "when construction began on the temple in their sight." Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation the builders  laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַ⁠בַּ֨יִת֙ 1 first house As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים 1 before their eyes The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “but many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 wept with a loud voice To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠רַבִּ֛ים בִּ⁠תְרוּעָ֥ה בְ⁠שִׂמְחָ֖ה לְ⁠הָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 3 13 isem grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֵ֣ין 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 13 fpsh grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one could distinguish their cries from the sounds of weeping of other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 3 13 u6pc figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵ֣ין הָ⁠עָ֗ם מַכִּירִים֙ ק֚וֹל תְּרוּעַ֣ת הַ⁠שִּׂמְחָ֔ה לְ⁠ק֖וֹל בְּכִ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם כִּ֣י הָ⁠עָ֗ם מְרִיעִים֙ תְּרוּעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 In its first occurrence here, the phrase **the people** means all the Israelites who had gathered for this ceremony. In its second occurrence, the phrase refers to one group of them, the older leaders who had seen the first temple and were weeping. In its third occurrence, it refers to another group of them, the younger Israelites who were shouting for joy. Alternate translation: “because the people who were happy were shouting so loudly, no one at the ceremony could distinguish their cries from the sounds of people weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 3 13 rvdj figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠קּ֥וֹל נִשְׁמַ֖ע עַד־לְ⁠מֵ⁠רָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the combined sound was so loud that those who lived far away from Jerusalem could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 General Information: This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here, the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,” however, see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here, the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 General Information: The word **now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and has taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God they worshipped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pretending to be sincere, they said to them, ‘We would like to help you build the temple …’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ 1 As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽ⁠אָב֗וֹת 1 As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 2 ffnu figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Esarhaddon, king of Assyria Esarhaddon is the name of a man, and Assyria is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Esarhaddon, king of Assyria **Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 2 to8y figs-idiom הַ⁠מַּעֲלֶ֥ה אֹתָ֖⁠נוּ פֹּֽה 1 These men say that Esarhaddon brought them **up** to this land because it is mountainous and, as [4:9](../04/09.md) indicates, their ancestors formerly lived in lowland areas. Alternate translation: “the one who brought us here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 3 gkli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like **however** or **nevertheless** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 4 3 gkli grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. You could begin the sentence with a word like "however" or "nevertheless" to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 4 3 xp3f translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֗וּעַ 1 Jeshua These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 3 hbhq figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙ 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 4 3 hbhq figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙ 1 This is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 4 3 cuza רָאשֵׁ֤י הָֽ⁠אָבוֹת֙ 1 See how you translated this expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
EZR 4 3 isv8 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 You may not build a house for our God with us This expression is an idiom that means **it is for us alone**. Alternate translation: “You may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 3 isv8 figs-idiom לֹֽא־לָ֣⁠כֶם וָ⁠לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 You may not build a house for our God with us This expression is an idiom that means "it is for us alone." Alternate translation: “you may not help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 3 bl6x figs-metaphor בַּ֖יִת לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “a temple for our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 3 jpin grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּי֩ 1 This word indicates that the clause it introduces draws a contrast between what the men asked and what the Jewish leaders were prepared to allow. To indicate this contrast, you could begin the sentence with a word or phrase such as **no**, **rather**, or **on the contrary**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 4 3 jkgy figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “It is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 4 3 jkgy figs-exclusive אֲנַ֨חְנוּ יַ֜חַד נִבְנֶ֗ה לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **We ourselves** here does not include the addressees. If your language marks that distinction, be sure that this is clear in your translation. **Together** does not mean the Jewish people and these foreign peoples together. It means the whole Jewish community together. Alternate translation: “it is all of us Israelites who will build a temple for Yahweh, the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZR 4 3 vez9 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 See the note to [4:1](../04/01.md) about the significance of this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 4 3 kqpr figs-explicit כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their **enemies**. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, **It is not for you…to build a house for our God**, and they describe Yahweh as the **God of Israel** exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: **Whoever among you is from all his people…may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel**. It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “After all, that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 3 kqpr figs-explicit כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔⁠נוּ הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, "It is not for you … to build a house for our God," and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: "Whoever among you is from all his people …may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel." It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 4 j0ej writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 In Hebrew storytelling, this is a common way of introducing a new event. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EZR 4 4 d9da figs-idiom עַם־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 the people of the land This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת 1 made the hands of the people of Judah weak These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah, so that they were too afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and action, so **weakening the hand** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לִ⁠בְנֽוֹת 1 made the hands of the people of Judah weak These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 4 aq32 עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 the people of Judah In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
EZR 4 5 ndut translate-unknown וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 **Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing them to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 4 5 ndut translate-unknown וְ⁠סֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 **Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 4 5 kd9a לְ⁠הָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑⁠ם 1 to frustrate their plans Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus, until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors, until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 5 py4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑⁠וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 This is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem of wanting to revolt against the king and stop paying taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **accuse**. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 5 jlap figs-idiom כָּל־יְמֵ֗י כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 **D****ays** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. In this context, it would mean specifically the nine years from 538 BC, when Cyrus conquered Babylon and became ruler of the Jews, to 529 BC, when he died. Alternate translation: “throughout the rest of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 5 tq7w figs-explicit וְ⁠עַד־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 Darius did not succeed Cyrus directly, and so this means that the enemy opposition continued throughout the reigns of the successors of Cyrus until Darius became king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and throughout the reign of his successors until Darius became king of Persia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 5 py4b translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 **Darius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 o931 writing-background וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide some background information. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 6 zxv3 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכוּת֙ אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ בִּ⁠תְחִלַּ֖ת מַלְכוּת֑⁠וֹ 1 Ahasuerus actually ruled the Persian Empire after Darius, who was his father. So here the book is presenting some events out of chronological order. That is, it is telling about some things that happened later, before finishing the story of what happened at this time. In [4:24](../04/24.md) the book will bring readers back to where it left off in [4:5](../04/05.md), and then, in chapter [5](../05/01.md), it will describe how work on rebuilding the temple did resume under the reign of Darius. But first it gives accounts here of how the enemies of the Jews continued to oppose them under two later kings, Ahasuerus (described in this verse) and Artaxerxes (described in verses [7–23](../04/07.md)). The purpose may be to show that the Jews were wise to refuse the help that leaders from other nations offered, as described in verses [1–3](../04/01.md). Since those leaders were actually enemies of the Jews, as they demonstrated by opposing them under one king after another, their offer was not sincere and they could not be trusted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in fact, they continued to oppose them under later kings. As soon as Ahasuerus succeeded his father Darius as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 6 k3fy translate-names אֲחַשְׁוֵר֔וֹשׁ 1 **Ahasuerus** is the name of a man. He is better known as Xerxes, so you could use that name for him in your translation if it would be clearer for your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 6 iaw6 figs-explicit כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה עַל־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 wrote an accusation against the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the enemies of the Jews accused them of doing. (The book provides the text of their letter in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), but it might be helpful to provide a summary in advance.) Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused the Jews who had returned to Judah and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 6 z7sk figs-abstractnouns כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 The abstract noun **accusation** refers to what the enemies of the Jews said about them in the letter that they sent to the king. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as accuse. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter in which they accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 4 6 o4k9 figs-metonymy כָּתְב֣וּ שִׂטְנָ֔ה 1 Another way to view this phrase is that the book is referring figuratively to the physical letter by reference to something associated with it, its content, that is, what the enemies of the Jews said about them in it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a concrete term that explains the meaning of the figurative expression. Alternate translation: “they wrote a letter accusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 6 kzu9 יֹשְׁבֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem, whatever their nationality, but rather the Jews who returned from exile and settled in those places. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in Judah and Jerusalem”
EZR 4 7 mmwa grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י 1 This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **Then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 4 7 qdrm figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 7 mmwa grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י 1 This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as "then." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 4 7 qdrm figs-idiom וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refers to a particular period of time. In this context, it means during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes, the son of Ahasuerus (Xerxes). Alternate translation: “during the reign of Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 7 r5xb figs-explicit וּ⁠בִ⁠ימֵ֣י אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that Artaxerxes was the next king of Persia. Alternate translation: “during the reign of the next Persian king, Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 7 xw38 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 7 xw38 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֗שְׂתָּא 1 **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 7 x91s translate-names בִּשְׁלָ֜ם מִתְרְדָ֤ת טָֽבְאֵל֙ 1 Bishlam…Mithredath…Tabeel These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 7 zjhh וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו 1 The term **companion** here describes someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates”
EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **translated** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב 1 the letter If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that logically this phrase would come before the previous one, **written in the Aramaic script**, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 8 s8m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 7 zjhh וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר כנותו 1 The term **companions** here describes people who hold a similar position. Alternate translation: “his associates”
EZR 4 7 hdnj writing-background וּ⁠כְתָב֙ הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב אֲרָמִ֖ית וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 This is background information that helps readers understand how these officials went about writing to the king. Aramaic was the official language for government correspondence within the Persian empire. These officials apparently spoke Samaritan, a language similar to Hebrew. So they had someone express their message for them in the Aramaic language. The term **interpreted** does not necessarily indicate that the officials first wrote out their letter in Samaritan, and then someone translated it into Aramaic for them. Instead, they may have told someone what they wanted to say, and that person composed the letter in Aramaic. Since Aramaic also used differently shaped letters from the ones that Hebrew and Samaritan used, that person wrote the letter using those characters. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them in the Aramaic script and language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽ⁠נִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥וּב 1 the letter If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these officials arranged for someone to write their letter for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּ⁠מְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 translated We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the **Aramaic** script**,** since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 8 s8m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 **Rehum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here, the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 This phrase would ordinarly indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “Here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 9 kt23 אֱדַ֜יִן 1 This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “From”
EZR 4 9 stkq figs-quotemarks אֱדַ֜יִן 1 If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 Rehum This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Here the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 The phrase **as follows** would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 9 kt23 אֱדַ֜יִן 1 This Aramaic term often introduces a new episode in a story. But since the book is not continuing the story here, but instead quoting a document that begins with a list of names, here the book may be using the term to introduce the document that it is quoting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could omit any translation of the term. Alternatively, you could use the term in your language that would customarily introduce a list of the senders of a letter or other document. Alternate translation: “from”
EZR 4 9 stkq figs-quotemarks אֱדַ֜יִן 1 If this word is introducing a quotation from a document, but you choose not to translate it, you could use some other means to indicate that this is a quotation, such as quotation marks or whatever other punctuation or convention your language commonly uses for that purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 4 9 vvp8 translate-names רְח֣וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Erech…Susa **Rehum** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 9 shnl translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁי֙ סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 **Shimshai** is is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 9 d33e figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָ֖ר כְּנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן דִּ֠ינָיֵ⁠א וַ⁠אֲפַרְסַתְכָיֵ֞⁠א טַרְפְּלָיֵ֣⁠א 1 As in [4:7](../04/07.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold a similar position. The other three terms describe the various positions that the other people held who joined in sending this letter. Alternate translation: “their associates, who were judges, rulers, and officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 9 t8pa translate-names אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א 1 These are the names of four people groups and an alternate name by which the last group was known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 9 yz8m figs-explicit אֲפָֽרְסָיֵ֗⁠א אַרְכְּוָיֵ֤א בָבְלָיֵ⁠א֙ שֽׁוּשַׁנְכָיֵ֔⁠א ד⁠הוא עֵלְמָיֵֽ⁠א 1 These are apparently the people groups that the officials who wrote the letter belonged to. The writers seem to feel that they can speak on behalf of their entire people groups because they would agree with the concerns that they are expressing about the Jews. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the Persians, Erechites, Babylonians, and Susaites (that is, Elamites)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 10 k64z וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יַקִּירָ֔⁠א וְ⁠הוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠קִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups, made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River.” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups, in addition to the groups they belong to personally.<br>
EZR 4 10 d6lu translate-names אָסְנַפַּר֙ 1 Ashurbanipal This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 10 pu35 translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 10 s4ki וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 This is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter, to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself, after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
EZR 4 10 k64z וּ⁠שְׁאָ֣ר אֻמַּיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֤י הַגְלִי֙ אָסְנַפַּר֙ רַבָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠יַקִּירָ֔⁠א וְ⁠הוֹתֵ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠קִרְיָ֖ה דִּ֣י שָׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֥ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to two sets of people groups: (a) some further groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal exiled to the region of Samaria, and (b) all the other groups that were then living in the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria, and all the other people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one set of people groups made up of all the other groups that, like the four listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), Ashurbanipal moved to this area and resettled in the cities of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “and all the other people groups whom the great and noble Ashurbanipal exiled and settled in the cities of Samaria and the rest of Beyond-the-River” Either way, the officials writing this letter feel that they can speak on behalf of those other groups in addition to the groups they belong to personally.
EZR 4 10 d6lu translate-names אָסְנַפַּר֙ 1 Ashurbanipal **Ashurbanipal** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 10 pu35 translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. It occurs many times throughout the book, and it will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently each time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 10 s4ki וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 **And now** is an Aramaic expression that was used in the letters of this time to introduce the main business of the letter. In [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [7:12](../07/12.md), it comes at the beginning of a letter, right after opening conventions such as the names of the sender and recipient and greetings. In [5:17](../05/17.md), it comes near the end of a letter to introduce a request that the writers finally make in light of extensive background information that they provide up to that point. But here it introduces the letter itself after a long preamble that lists the names of the senders and the groups on whose behalf they feel they can speak. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
EZR 4 11 a7sk figs-aside דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 This is a copy **They** means the men listed in [4:9](../04/09.md). The book is interrupting its quotation after the preamble to make sure that readers know that the text of the letter itself will now follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
EZR 4 11 lny4 figs-quotemarks דְּנָה֙ פַּרְשֶׁ֣גֶן אִגַּרְתָּ֔⁠א דִּ֚י שְׁלַ֣חוּ עֲל֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 If you used quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention to indicate the beginning of the quotation at the start of [4:9](../04/09.md), you should use the same means to indicate that there is a break in the quotation at the end of [4:10](../04/10.md), and then show that the quotation resumes after this sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 4 11 v61f translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “From: Your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 In this context, **men** means **people**, so this phrase means **people who live in Beyond-the-River province**. But together with the preceding phrase **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 11 a2bi וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 12 u168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 As in several instances earlier in the book, here **went up** means **traveled from Babylon to Judah**, since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 11 v61f translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא 1 **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 11 n6mp figs-123person עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the officials identify themselves as the senders of this letter, and they refer to themselves in the third person as **your servants** in order to address the king as their superior with humility and respect. Alternate translation: “from your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 11 uupo figs-idiom עַבְדָ֛י⁠ךְ אֱנָ֥שׁ עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֖⁠ה 1 In this context, **men** means people, so this phrase means people who live in Beyond-the-River province. But together with the preceding phrase, **your servants**, it means specifically those who work for the king there, that is, his royal officials. Alternate translation: “your officials in the province of Beyond-the-River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 11 a2bi וּ⁠כְעֶֽנֶת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this expression.
EZR 4 12 bqu1 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 12 u168 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 12 alqa figs-idiom יְהוּדָיֵ֗⁠א דִּ֤י סְלִ֨קוּ֙ מִן־לְוָתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 As in several instances earlier in the book, here **went up** means "traveled from Babylon to Judah," since that involves going from a river valley up into the mountains. The officials describe Babylon to the king as **near you** because it was relatively much closer to the Persian royal court and more distant from Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Jews who returned to Judah from Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 12 ns5b עֲלֶ֥י⁠נָא אֲת֖וֹ לִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “have settled near us in Jerusalem”
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 the rebellious and evil city Here, the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 These two words mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that because the people of Jerusalem are so **evil** or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations **Completing** here is a way of saying **building**. Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **build and complete** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, **which a great king of Israel built and completed**, [5:11](../05/11.md), **to build this house and to complete this structure**, [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **complete** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of **build**. **Repairing** could also mean **digging out**. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translation: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” otherwise, “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, it introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 13 vkk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 As in [4:12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 13 wj7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice, to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that whole city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 13 wj57 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is built and the wall is completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. “If the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls.” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 12 fu8s figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 the rebellious and evil city Here the officials are describing the inhabitants of Jerusalem figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **city** where they live. The officials are not saying that the walls and buildings would be rebellious if they were rebuilt. Rather, they are saying that the people who have lived in this city have continually revolted against their foreign rulers. Alternate translation: “that city whose people are constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 12 kke9 figs-doublet מָֽרָדְתָּ֤⁠א ו⁠באישת⁠א 1 **Rebellious and evil** mean similar things. The officials use them together to emphasize their certainty that, because the people of Jerusalem are so evil or wicked (in this context meaning rebellious against authority), they would revolt against Artaxerxes if they were able to rebuild and fortify their city. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “constantly rebelling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 12 jr26 figs-parallelism וְשׁוּרַיָּ֣א שַׁכְלִ֔ילוּ וְ⁠אֻשַּׁיָּ֖⁠א יַחִֽיטוּ 1 repairing the foundations Here, **completing** is a way of saying "building." Several times in this section of Ezra, the text uses the two words **re****pairing** and **completing** together to mean that one thing, or it uses them as poetic parallels. (For example, "which a great king of Israel built and completed," [5:11](../05/11.md), and "to build this house and to complete this structure," [5:3](../05/03.md).) The term **completing** by itself here seems similarly to have the meaning of build. **Repairing** could also mean digging out. Either way, this is a reference to preparing foundations so that buildings can be set up on them. So the officials are describing the project of restoring the city by referring to the work on two parallel parts of it, its walls and its buildings. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this without using a similar figure of speech. Alternate translations: “they are working throughout the city to restore it,” or “they are rebuilding the walls and preparing foundations for buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 13 daq3 כְּעַ֗ן 1 The word **now** is similar to the expression "and now" in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here, **now** introduces an important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 13 vkk4 figs-123person יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 As in [4:12](../04/12.md), the officials address the king here in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 13 cd84 figs-activepassive יְדִ֨יעַ֙ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 13 wj7f figs-parallelism הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the terms are paired like this.) Likely for emphasis, the officials say essentially the same thing twice to create an ominous sense of threat. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if they are able to rebuild that city” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is actually stronger and more threatening, because the city walls could prevent Artaxerxes from reasserting his sovereignty by force. Alternate translation: “if they rebuild the city, and especially if they restore its protective walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 13 wj57 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is built and the wall is completed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “if the Jews are able to rebuild the city and restore its walls”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 13 x47o figs-doublet מִנְדָּֽה־בְל֤וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָךְ֙ לָ֣א יִנְתְּנ֔וּן 1 **Tax**, **tribute**, and **custom** mean similar things. The officials use the three terms together to emphasize that the king could lose all of his income from the Jews living in Jerusalem and the province of Judah. You do not need to represent all three words in your translation if that would might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “they will stop paying any taxes” However, there is a slight difference between the three terms. While their exact meaning is uncertain, they may refer to things such as taxes based on a percentage of income, tribute money that subjects would pay on a per-person basis, and duty that they would pay on articles purchased for use or transported for sale. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also translate these terms separately. Alternate translation: “they will no longer pay taxes, tribute, or duty.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
EZR 4 13 pgs2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק 1 the treasury of the king will suffer loss The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of all Persian kings from now on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 14 ye9h כְּעַ֗ן 1 As in [4:13](../04/13.md), this word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 14 m7yw figs-idiom מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 we have eaten the salt of the palace This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 14 y5g9 figs-explicit דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 The implication is that because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury, and out of loyalty we want to look after your interests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 mcvp figs-123person דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 1 Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “May we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 13 pgs2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַפְּתֹ֥ם מַלְכִ֖ים תְּהַנְזִֽק 1 the treasury of the king will suffer loss The officials are writing to a king who is the sole ruler of his empire, but they may be using the plural **kings** here because previous kings had accumulated much of the royal treasures. The officials may also be suggesting implicitly that not only Artaxerxes, but also his successors, will get no further revenue from the Jews if Jerusalem is rebuilt and fortified. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this will reduce the income of kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 14 ye9h כְּעַ֗ן 1 As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the word **now** is similar to the expression "and now" found in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md). Here it introduces another important point within the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 14 m7yw figs-idiom מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 we have eaten the salt of the palace This expression means that these officials are paid from the royal treasury. Alternate translation: “we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 14 y5g9 figs-explicit דִּֽי־מְלַ֤ח הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ מְלַ֔חְנָא 1 The implication is that, because these officials are paid from the royal treasury, they feel a loyalty and a sense of obligation to the king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because we are paid from the royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 14 uggy figs-123person עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה שְׁלַ֖חְנָא וְ⁠הוֹדַ֥עְנָא לְ⁠מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 The officials continue to address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “and that is why we have written to you, O king, to let you know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 mcvp figs-123person דִּ֡י יְבַקַּר֩ 1 Here again the officials are addressing the king in the third person as a sign of respect. They are also making their suggestion very diplomatically so that they do not appear to be telling the king what to do. Alternate translation: “may we suggest that you search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 fujm figs-idiom בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Although **book** is singular, this expression actually refers to the collection of documents that Artaxerxes possessed that recorded events and decrees from the reigns of earlier kings. He responds in [4:19](../04/19.md) that he had his court officials search in this collection. Verses [6:1–2](../06/01.md) describe how Darius earlier made a similar search. Alternate translation: “the royal chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means **predecessors**. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to **ancient days**, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 15 u1i3 figs-metaphor בִּֽ⁠סְפַר־דָּכְרָ֨נַיָּ֜⁠א דִּ֣י אֲבָהָתָ֗⁠ךְ 1 Here**, fathers** figuratively means predecessors. This would include some who were direct ancestors of Artaxerxes, including his father Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and grandfather Darius. But it also seems to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings to whose empires the Persian kings were now the heirs. The revolts of Jerusalem that this search discovered, as reported in [4:19](../04/19.md), were against the Babylonians. Indeed, Artaxerxes says that his officials investigated the matter back to ancient days, presumably back to the times of earlier empires. Alternate translation: “the chronicles of previous kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 15 zvmc figs-doublet וּ֠⁠תְהַשְׁכַּח בִּ⁠סְפַ֣ר דָּכְרָנַיָּ⁠א֮ וְ⁠תִנְדַּע֒ 1 **Discover** and **learn** mean similar things. The officials use the two words together to emphasize how certain it is that the chronicles will show that Jerusalem has always been rebellious. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “the chronicles will certainly confirm for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute. In fact, that city has been a center of revolt for as long as anyone has known, and it will never change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13](../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**, this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 15 sa9b figs-parallelism דִּי֩ קִרְיְתָ֨⁠א דָ֜ךְ קִרְיָ֣א מָֽרָדָ֗א וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת מַלְכִין֙ וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּוּר֙ עָבְדִ֣ין בְּ⁠גַוַּ֔⁠הּ מִן־יוֹמָ֖ת עָלְמָ֑⁠א 1 a rebellious city These two phrases mean similar things. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the people living in Jerusalem have constantly rebelled against their kings and governors and refused to pay tribute” However, there is a slight difference in meaning. The second phrase intensifies the first phrase, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against emperors and governors and refused to pay tribute, long being a center of revolt ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 15 z1fu figs-idiom וּֽ⁠מְהַנְזְקַ֤ת 1 In light of the similar expression in [4:13](../04/13.md), "the revenue of the kings will suffer harm," this likely means that the people of Jerusalem have refused to pay tribute to foreign emperors. Alternate translation: “refused to pay tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 15 iw58 figs-metonymy וּ⁠מְדִנָ֔ן 1 Here, **provinces** refers to the rulers of provinces, that is, governors. The officials are describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the jurisdictions that they rule. Alternate translation: “governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 15 au5i figs-activepassive עַ֨ל־דְּנָ֔ה קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָ֖ךְ הָֽחָרְבַֽת 1 this city was destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the people of Jerusalem kept rebelling against them, the Babylonians finally came and destroyed that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 16 qw5y figs-123person מְהוֹדְעִ֤ין אֲנַ֨חְנָה֙ לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 16 cr21 הֵ֣ן קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ תִּתְבְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠שׁוּרַיָּ֖⁠ה יִֽשְׁתַּכְלְל֑וּן 1 if this city is rebuilt and its walls are completed See how you translated this expression in [4:13](../04/13.md). (It may be helpful to review the two notes there that discuss the parallelism and the passive form.)
EZR 4 16 n9kz figs-explicit לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 you will have no control The implication is that if Jerusalem became a stronghold, not only would its people rebel against Artaxerxes, they would lead all of the surrounding peoples to do the same, and the Persian Empire would lose all of its territories west of the Euphrates. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the entire province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you, and everyone there would stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּ⁠שָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River.” (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River.” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן 1 the River As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 This is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
EZR 4 16 keh5 figs-hyperbole לָ⁠קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָ֔ה חֲלָק֙ בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠א לָ֥א אִיתַ֖י לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River The expression **no share for you** likely also has the implication that the king would receive no further tribute or other revenue from the entire province. This is an exaggeration for emphasis and rhetorical effect. Alternate translation: “they would lead the province of Beyond-the-River to revolt against you and stop paying tribute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EZR 4 17 u66e translate-names רְח֤וּם בְּעֵל־טְעֵם֙ 1 Rehum **Rehum** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Rehum, the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 hja4 translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֣י סָֽפְרָ֔⁠א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 qp5d translate-names וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן דִּ֥י יָתְבִ֖ין בְּ⁠שָֽׁמְרָ֑יִן וּ⁠שְׁאָ֧ר עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:10](../04/10.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to groups: (a) the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria, and (b) the people groups living in the rest of the province of Beyond-the-River, however they came to live there. This is the reading of ULT. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials, and the people groups living in Beyond-the-River” or (2) It could be referring to one group, the fellow officials of Rehum and Shimshai in the region of Samaria and in other parts of the province. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the rest of their fellow officials in Samaria and in the rest of Beyond-the-River” It would probably be clearest for your readers if you followed the same reading here as you did in [4:10](../04/10.md), whether that of ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 17 rsd2 figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָר֙ כְּנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן 1 the River As in [4:7](../04/07.md) and [9](../04/09.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” or “the rest of their fellow officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 17 oyb4 שְׁלָ֖ם 1 **Peace** was a conventional greeting or good wish that senders often included at the beginning of a letter at this time. (It is the Aramaic term that corresponds to the Hebrew expression “Shalom.”) If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translations: “greetings” or “I hope all is well with you”
EZR 4 17 is3z וּ⁠כְעֶֽת 1 As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. Unless your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you do not need to represent it in your translation.
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have received the letter that you sent us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 18 nata figs-explicit נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֕⁠א דִּ֥י שְׁלַחְתּ֖וּן עֲלֶ֑י⁠נָא 1 The implication of the plural **us** is that the king and his royal officials have received this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have received the letter that you sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 18 sza5 figs-activepassive מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י 1 the letter that you sent me has been translated and read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it aloud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read, or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽ⁠י 1 The implication is not that the king was unable to read or unable to see, and so he needed someone to read things to him. Rather, in ancient times, writing was considered a way of conveying speech at a distance. In effect, the court officials who read this letter aloud to the king were doing so on behalf of the Samaritan officials who had sent the letter, as if they had been present themselves. So be sure that your translation does not convey or suggest the idea that the king was unable to read. Alternate translation: “and my officials have carefully read it out loud in my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ 1 The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles and investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been a center for revolts against rulers”<br>However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it, and in fact that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **lift oneself up** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣⁠א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 20 as5z figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 These kings are described here in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 This word introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is now Beyond-the-River province”
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “These kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּ⁠מְרַ֥ד וְ⁠אֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽ⁠הּ 1 **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZR 4 20 as5z figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 This word **even** introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְ⁠שַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּ⁠מִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַ⁠הֲלָ֖ךְ 1 Tax,tribute, and custom were paid to them See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
EZR 4 21 c4sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command This word is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials, in which they speak of **the Jews who went up from near you** and who **have come to us at Jerusalem** ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Issue a decree to make those Jews who returned from exile to Jerusalem stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So that** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means, **Do not neglect to act concerning this**. This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), **the revenue of the kings will suffer harm**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “I must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 21 c4sp כְּעַן֙ 1 give a command The word **now** is similar to the expression "and now**"** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְ⁠בַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣⁠א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 give a command **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of "the Jews who went up from near you" and who "have come to us at Jerusalem" ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠קִרְיְתָ֥⁠א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖⁠י טַעְמָ֥⁠א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 give a command **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that it describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
EZR 4 22 xxy6 figs-litotes וּ⁠זְהִירִ֥ין הֱו֛וֹ שָׁל֖וּ לְ⁠מֶעְבַּ֣ד עַל־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Be careful not to neglect This means "Do not neglect to act concerning this." This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “be sure to take action in response to this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 4 22 snhn figs-explicit לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? The implication is that if the Jews were able to rebuild and fortify Jerusalem and they revolted, then the interests of the king would be damaged because he would lose honor, as the officials suggest in their letter ([4:14](../04/14.md)), and he would also lose revenue ([4:13](../04/13.md), the revenue of the kings will suffer harm). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “why should I suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 22 t7e7 figs-rquestion לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 Why should this damage increase, to the hurt of the kings? Artaxerxes is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the Samaritan officials to tell him why he should experience greater damage. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the officials to get the Jews to stop rebuilding Jerusalem. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “kings must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZR 4 22 kqp4 figs-123person לְ⁠מָה֙ יִשְׂגֵּ֣א חֲבָלָ֔⁠א לְ⁠הַנְזָקַ֖ת מַלְכִֽין 1 this damage increase As in [4:13](../04/13.md), the plural **kings** here may envision that not just Artaxerxes but also his successors would lose revenue if Jerusalem leads a revolt that spreads throughout Beyond-the-River, as the Samaritan officials suggest it would. But Artaxerxes is speaking primarily of himself, in the third person, as kings sometimes did, just as their subjects addressed them in the third person to show humility and respect. (Compare, for example, the way Cyrus speaks of himself in the third person in [6:4](../06/04.md), and Darius speaks of himself that way in [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md)). Alternate translation: “kings must not suffer dishonor or lose tribute money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 4 23 nhx0 grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֗יִן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-explicit מִן־דִּ֞י פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י קֳדָם־רְח֛וּם וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read The implication is that a messenger brought a copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes to these officials and read it aloud to them. (See the note to [4:18](../04/18.md) for background to the practice of reading correspondence out loud.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as soon as a messenger from King Artaxerxes brought a copy of his letter to Rehum, Shimshai the state secretary, and their associates and read it aloud to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 23 cz5l figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ⁠א֙ דִּ֚י ארתחששתא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א קֱרִ֧י 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “a messenger from King Artaxerxes read a copy of his letter aloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 23 djzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א 1 Shimshai This is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 eiff figs-idiom וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 23 djzh translate-names ארתחששתא 1 the copy of the letter from King Artaxerxes was read **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 s349 translate-names רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum Rehum is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 qu4l translate-names וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י סָפְרָ֖⁠א 1 Shimshai **Shimshai** is the name of a man and his title. See how you translated them in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Shimshai the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 23 eiff figs-idiom וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 Shimshai As in [4:7](../04/07.md), [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:17](../04/17.md), the term **companions** here indicates people who hold similar positions. Alternate translation: “the rest of their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 4 23 vkzx אֲזַ֨לוּ בִ⁠בְהִיל֤וּ לִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א 1 Shimshai Alternate translation: “they hurried to Jerusalem to confront the Jews”
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and power** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **power** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a **powerful arm**, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Shimshai **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 23 yg0y figs-hendiadys וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The phrase **an arm and strength** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **strength** tells what kind of **arm** or influence these officials used: a strong arm, that is, a forcibly coercive one. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the two words in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 4 23 ck1l figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Shimshai Here, **arm** is a figurative way of referring to a person’s power, influence, and capacity for action. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 4 23 v0na figs-explicit וּ⁠בַטִּ֥לוּ הִמּ֖וֹ בְּ⁠אֶדְרָ֥ע וְ⁠חָֽיִל 1 Shimshai The implication is that these officials made the Jews stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they forcibly compelled them to stop rebuilding the walls and houses in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “So that is how the enemies of the Jews tried under later kings to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors, and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 24 kj9i figs-explicit בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius The book now returns to the point in the story where it left off at the end of [4:5](../04/05.md). (If it would be helpful, review the note to [4:6](../04/06.md). That note explains how the book tells of later events in [4:6–23](../04/06.md) to show that the Jews were wise not to trust the Samaritans when they offered to help rebuild the temple during the reign of Cyrus, since they demonstrated by their repeated future opposition that they really were the enemies of the Jews.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something explicitly here that would show how the book is returning to the time of Cyrus and his immediate successors. Alternate translation: “so that is how the enemies of the Jews tried, under later kings, to stop them from rebuilding Jerusalem. They attempted the same thing under Cyrus and his successors and they were able to stop the work on the temple for a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 4 24 s03r figs-activepassive וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Jews did not start rebuilding again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 24 v4gi translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Iddo This word indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “But at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 1 fxco translate-unknown נביאי⁠א 1 Iddo A prophet is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 5 1 qgzx translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Iddo This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo Zechariah is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 4 24 v4gi translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again to build the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י 1 Iddo The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate took place at the time just named, that is, the second year of the reign of Darius as king of Persia. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 1 fxco translate-unknown נביאי⁠א 1 Iddo A **prophet** is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 5 1 qgzx translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Iddo **Haggai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 1 zfch figs-explicit וְ⁠הִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֥י בִ⁠יה֖וּד וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 Iddo The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 1 gfey figs-idiom בְּ⁠שֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Iddo This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 1 ko7o figs-informremind אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Iddo As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 5 1 gw8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵי⁠הֽוֹן 1 Iddo God is described here in a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 2 hkqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּ⁠אדַ֡יִן 1 Jeshua…Jozadak This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel Zerubbabel is the name of a man, and Shealtiel is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak Jeshua is the name of a man, and Jozadak is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 j3sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 1 ko7o figs-informremind אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Iddo As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 5 1 gw8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵי⁠הֽוֹן 1 Iddo God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 2 hkqf grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּ⁠אדַ֡יִן 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 5 2 z38k translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֤ל בַּר־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man, and **Shealtiel** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ בַּר־יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak **Jeshua** is the name of a man, and **Jozadak** is the name of his father. See how you translated these names in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 j3sv figs-idiom קָ֠מוּ 1 Jeshua…Jozadak In this context, the word **arose** means took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 2 mz7h figs-metaphor וְ⁠שָׁרִ֣יו לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֔א בֵּ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א 1 to build the house of God Alternate translation: “resumed work on rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “When they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּ⁠שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 kq8c figs-idiom וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companion** here indicates someone who holds a similar position. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “Who gave you permission” or “Who authorized you”
EZR 5 3 pmcm grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בֵּ⁠הּ־זִמְנָ⁠א֩ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **at that time** indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “when they did this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 3 kl9l translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai **Tattenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 gs4x translate-names עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֛⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 xjkh translate-names וּ⁠שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 the Province Beyond the River **Shethar-Bozenai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 3 kq8c figs-idiom וּ⁠כְנָוָתְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River As often in the book, the term **companions** here indicates people who holds similar positions. Alternate translation: “their associates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 3 zz1b מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “who gave you permission” or “who authorized you”
EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לִ⁠בְּנֵ֔א וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River These two phrases mean essentially the same thing. As noted in [4:12](../04/12.md), **complete** is another way of saying **build** when the terms are paired like this. The officials say essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “to rebuild this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Beyond the River The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. Alternate translation: “At the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם 1 the Province Beyond the River In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” seems to be a mistake that has crept into the Hebrew text. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they also asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠עֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א 1 the eye of God was on Here **eyes** stand for **seeing**, and in this context **seeing** figuratively means care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-time-simultaneous אֱדַ֥יִן 1 the Province Beyond the River The word **then** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. Alternate translation: “at the same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants כְּנֵ֖מָא אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֑ם 1 the Province Beyond the River In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word **we** seems to be a mistake that has crept into the Hebrew text. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they also asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠עֵ֣ין 1 the Province Beyond the River The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔⁠א 1 the eye of God was on Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be all right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לָא 1 the eye of God was on This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away. Instead, they decided to report the matter to King Darius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְ⁠לָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖⁠א לְ⁠דָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶ⁠אֱדַ֛יִן 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 5 5 y8gi יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖⁠א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 a report could be sent to Darius and a decree was returned concerning this matter **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּ⁠שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 This is a copy of the letter These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 6 uq1x וּ⁠כְנָ֣וָתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates”
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א 1 the Province Beyond the River Here, the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “Greetings” or “We hope all is well with you”
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “We would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א 1 the Province Beyond the River Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְ⁠דָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the Province Beyond the River **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
EZR 5 7 mho8 שְׁלָמָ֥⁠א כֹֽלָּ⁠א 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [4:17](../04/17.md), this is a conventional greeting or good wish that senders at this time often included at the beginning of a letter. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for the same purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “greetings” or “we hope all is well with you”
EZR 5 8 sp27 figs-123person יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: These officials address the king in the third person as a sign of respect. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this respect by using an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 8 wizf figs-activepassive יְדִ֣יעַ ׀ לֶהֱוֵ֣א לְ⁠מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “we would like you to know, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 nv7q אֲזַ֜לְנָא לִ⁠יה֤וּד מְדִֽינְתָּ⁠א֙ 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “we went to the province of Judah”
EZR 5 8 avmn figs-metaphor לְ⁠בֵית֙ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א רַבָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: This means the temple. The officials speak of it figuratively as if it were a place in which God would live. (They likely say **the great God** because the Jews told them, as they report in [5:11](../05/11.md), that it would be a temple for the God who made heaven and earth.) Alternate translation: “the temple of the great God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “The Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several further times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “They are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 nmq2 figs-activepassive וְ⁠ה֤וּא מִתְבְּנֵא֙ אֶ֣בֶן גְּלָ֔ל וְ⁠אָ֖ע מִתְּשָׂ֣ם בְּ⁠כֻתְלַיָּ֑⁠א וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things with active forms, and you could say was doing these actions. Alternate translation: “the Jews are building the temple out of large stones, and they are setting timber beams in the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 cgiz figs-activepassive וַ⁠עֲבִ֥ידְתָּ⁠א דָ֛ךְ אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא מִתְעַבְדָ֖א 1 timbers Once again you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. The term **diligently**, used here and several more times in the book, means carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Alternate translation: “they are doing the work carefully and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 8 nzzw figs-metaphor וּ⁠מַצְלַ֥ח בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠הֹֽם 1 timbers Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “and it is succeeding at their initiative” or “and they are making good progress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 9 uee9 figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command This is a quotation within a quotation. That is, the book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what they asked the Jewish elders. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within secondary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 9 p8jz figs-quotemarks מַן־שָׂ֨ם לְ⁠כֹ֜ם טְעֵ֗ם בַּיְתָ֤⁠א דְנָה֙ לְ⁠מִבְנְיָ֔ה וְ⁠אֻשַּׁרְנָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁכְלָלָֽה 1 Who issued you a command See how you translated this question in [5:3](../05/03.dm). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 10 okji וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “And we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders.”
EZR 5 10 qn28 figs-metaphor גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying **leader**. Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 10 okji וְ⁠אַ֧ף שְׁמָהָתְ⁠הֹ֛ם שְׁאֵ֥לְנָא לְּ⁠הֹ֖ם לְ⁠הוֹדָעוּתָ֑⁠ךְ דִּ֛י נִכְתֻּ֥ב שֻׁם־גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Alternate translation: “and we also asked them their names so that we could let you know what they were. We are sending you in writing the names of the men who were their leaders”
EZR 5 10 qn28 figs-metaphor גֻּבְרַיָּ֖⁠א דִּ֥י בְ⁠רָאשֵׁי⁠הֹֽם 1 Who issued you a command Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying "leader." Alternate translation: “the men who were their leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 11 f9fm figs-quotemarks אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א 1 General Information: Starting here, and through [5:16](../05/16.md), there is another quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius, and within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God, for one thing, because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “We worship the God who created heaven and earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 11 m5y2 figs-idiom אֲנַ֣חְנָא הִמּ֡וֹ עַבְדוֹ⁠הִי֩ דִֽי־אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א 1 We are servants of the God The Jewish leaders describe themselves as **servants** of God because they are speaking of a superior with humility and respect. However, in this context, the expression is also an idiom that indicates that this is the God whom they worship. Alternate translation: “we worship the God who created heaven and earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 11 r5fg figs-explicit אֱלָ֨הּ שְׁמַיָּ֜⁠א וְ⁠אַרְעָ֗⁠א 1 We are servants of the God The implications of this phrase are that God created heaven and earth and therefore rightfully rules over them. Alternate translation: “the God who created heaven and earth and rules over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the **house of God**, a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completing** is another way of saying **building** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **unfortunately** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors**. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 11 a1ui figs-metaphor וּ⁠בָנַ֤יִן בַּיְתָ⁠א֙ 1 that was built many years ago, which a great king of Israel built and completed **House** means the temple. This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying the "house of God," a figurative description of the temple as the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “we are rebuilding the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 11 y9hr figs-hendiadys וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ רַ֔ב בְּנָ֖⁠הִי וְ⁠שַׁכְלְלֵֽ⁠הּ 1 completed In this section of the book, **completed** is another way of saying **built** when the two words are used together. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) So the Jewish elders are expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “which a great king of Israel constructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 5 12 mnpe grammar-connect-logic-contrast לָהֵ֗ן 1 completed The word **however** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what someone would hope and expect to happen after a great king built a temple for God and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as "unfortunately" to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 12 un5r figs-metaphor מִן־דִּ֨י הַרְגִּ֤זוּ אֲבָהֳתַ֨⁠נָא֙ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 General Information: Here, **fathers** figuratively means ancestors. Alternate translation: “because our ancestors angered the God who rules in heaven” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 pqp8 figs-metaphor יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 provoked the God of heaven to wrath Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “God allowed Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 12 cy4x figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב הִמּ֔וֹ בְּ⁠יַ֛ד נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar alone did not conquer the kingdom of Judah. Rather, the elders are describing his armies figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the emperor who commanded them. Alternate translation: “God allowed the armies of Nebuchadnezzar to conquer them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Nebuchadnezzar is the name of a man, and Babylon is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here, the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying **house of God** or **temple**. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 lfdn translate-names נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֖ל 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man, and **Babylon** is the name of the empire that he ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 soz8 figs-informremind כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people Here the elders provide some further background information about who Nebuchadnezzar was. Even though he was the ruler of the Babylonian Empire, he was not from the Babylonian people group himself, but rather from the Chaldean people group. Alternate translation: “who was from the Chaldean people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 5 12 wqnc translate-names כַּסְדָּאָ֑ה 1 he gave them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the Chaldean, who destroyed this house and deported the people **Chaldean** is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 12 sgt7 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בַיְתָ֤⁠ה דְנָה֙ סַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ 1 destroyed this house As in [5:11](../05/11.md), **house** seems to be an abbreviated way of saying "house of God" or "temple." Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the original temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the way Nebuchadnezzar destroyed the temple and the way Cyrus commanded it to be rebuilt. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, "first," in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 King Cyrus issued a command to rebuild the house of God Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠⁠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ⁠א֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 General Information: This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He had brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to a man named Sheshbazzar.”
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ 1 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣⁠א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ 1 General Information: This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִ⁠יהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 15 kwvp grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠אֲמַר 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means, **Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar**. What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְ⁠שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Sheshbazzar **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 15 kwvp grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠אֲמַר 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 5 15 pdri figs-quotemarks וַ⁠אֲמַר־לֵ֓⁠הּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt This means "Cyrus said to Sheshbazzar." What follows in the rest of the verse is a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. Within that letter, they are quoting what the Jewish elders told them in response to their question. And within that response, the elders are quoting what King Cyrus told Sheshbazzar to do. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off the rest of the verse within tertiary quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 15 q6r3 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֥א עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ 1 Let the house of God be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to rebuild the temple on its original site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use this word to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came **here**, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book says **built and completed** to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
EZR 5 16 x9zt grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֨יִן֙ 1 General Information: The elders use the word **then** to indicate that the event they will now describe came after the events they have just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 5 16 batc שֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר דֵּ֔ךְ אֲתָ֗א 1 General Information: The implication is that he came here, that is, from the perspective of the elders who are speaking, he came to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that man named Sheshbazzar came here”
EZR 5 16 iuxm וּ⁠מִן־אֱדַ֧יִן וְ⁠עַד־כְּעַ֛ן מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 General Information: In several places the book says **built and complete** to mean “constructed.” (Review the note about this at [5:11](../05/11.md) if that would be helpful.) But this expression means something different. The elders use a different verb for the second element that means, after **not**, that the temple was only partially rebuilt, and then the work was interrupted. It would probably be helpful to your readers to show this difference in your translation. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it”
EZR 5 16 d7m8 figs-activepassive מִתְבְּנֵ֖א וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 it has been under construction, but is not complete If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “ever since then, we have been trying to rebuild the temple, but we still have much work to do on it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here, the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), this is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means, **If the king thinks this is a good idea** or **If this advice is acceptable to the king**. Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king** Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 16 myr8 figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לָ֥א שְׁלִֽם 1 under construction Here the letter ends its quotation of what the Jewish elders told Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [5:11](../05/11.md) to mark their words as a secondary quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 5 17 f4m4 וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן 1 General Information: As in [4:10](../04/10.md) and [4:11](../04/11.md), **and now** is an Aramaic expression that introduces the main business of a letter. In this case, it comes near the end of the letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you do not need to represent this phrase.
EZR 5 17 kviz figs-idiom הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made This is an idiom that means "if the king thinks this is a good idea" or "if this advice is acceptable to the king." Alternate translation: “if it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 5 17 hlsk figs-123person הֵ֧ן עַל־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א טָ֗ב 1 let a search be made Tattenai and his associates address the king in third person as a form of respect. Even if your language would conventionally use the second person in a context like this, you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “If it seems good to you, O king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “have your officials search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was **the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited**, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a **house** [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜⁠א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א 1 let a search be made [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]ically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as **O king**. Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here, the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a **house** as if those documents **lived** there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as "O king." Alternate translation: “please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּ⁠רְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛⁠א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽי⁠נָא 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּ⁠אדַ֛יִן 1 issued a command and a search was made The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖⁠א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 issued a command and a search was made **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּ⁠בָבֶֽל 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon, or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire, because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 a scroll was found This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּ⁠אַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּ⁠מָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖⁠ה 1 Ecbatana Ecbatana is the name of a city, and Media is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: Here, the book begins to quote what the scroll said that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, **first**, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 a scroll was found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּ⁠אַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּ⁠מָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖⁠ה 1 Ecbatana **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 General Information: Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּ⁠שְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 In the first year of King Cyrus The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְ⁠כ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 In the first year of King Cyrus **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Build** and **raise up** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple…on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple…on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific, in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple…on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣⁠א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְ⁠אֻשּׁ֖וֹ⁠הִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 Let the house be rebuilt If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣⁠א 1 Let the house be rebuilt Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 sixty cubits If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “the temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “the temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְ⁠נִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 with three rows of large stones and a row of new timber It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to build this new temple out of wood and stone, just like the original one.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for **property**, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, **house** figuratively represents the wealth and income of the king. **House** is a [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for property, meaning everything a person keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְ⁠נִ֨פְקְתָ֔⁠א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖⁠א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣⁠ה וְ⁠כַסְפָּ⁠א֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְ⁠הֵיבֵ֣ל לְ⁠בָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could also break this sentence up in to three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar took the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem. He brought them to Babylon. Return these objects to the Jews”
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Return these objects to the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠⁠יהָךְ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְ⁠אַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put each one of these objects back in the temple, right where it belongs.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָ⁠א֮ 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠⁠יהָךְ לְ⁠הֵיכְלָ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְ⁠אַתְרֵ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 5 xrzz figs-quotemarks וְ⁠תַחֵ֖ת בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽ⁠א 1 let the cost be paid by the king’s house Here, the text also ends its quotation from the scroll. If you decided at the start of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark its words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Here, the book leaves out some of the material that a story would ordinarily need in order to be complete. It jumps right from its quotation from the scroll that was discovered at Ecbatana into the letter that King Darius wrote to Tattenai and his associates in response to what the scroll said. You could say this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when King Darius learned from the scroll that Cyrus had ordered the temple to be rebuilt, he sent Tattenai and his associates a letter in answer to their inquiry. He told them what he had learned and then said, “Now …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), this word introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression **and now** in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say **your companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like, **To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now** followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus, and then instructions to these men, beginning **Now: Be far away from there!** But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 6 wtim figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 General Information: As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression "and now: in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜⁠ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 General Information: Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your **companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/17.md), the full letter probably said something like "To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now," followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning "Be far away from there!" But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּ⁠כְנָוָ֣תְ⁠ה֔וֹן 1 the Province Beyond the River Alternate translation: “their associates” or “your associates”
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “Do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means **rebuild the temple on its original site**. You could say that as an alternate translation.
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 the Province Beyond the River King Darius uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַ⁠עֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 the Province Beyond the River This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽ⁠הּ 1 the Province Beyond the River As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means "rebuild the temple on its original site." You could say that as an alternate translation.
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ 1 General Information: If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: this is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury, from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple.”
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up in to four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “the priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 9 kf3e figs-idiom וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River This expression refers to young male bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 6 9 fn3z לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “whole burnt offerings”
EZR 6 9 zxb9 לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א 1 at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River See how you translated this expression in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the God who rules in heaven”
@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ EZR 6 12 e5ta figs-idiom כָּל־מֶ֤לֶךְ וְ⁠עַם֙ דִּ֣י ׀
EZR 6 12 mn8y figs-ellipsis לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָ֛ה לְ⁠חַבָּלָ֛ה בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ 1 who extends their hand to change it, or to destroy This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that no one is to alter or destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “to alter the design of that temple or destroy it” (2) It could mean that no one is to try to **change** the decree of Darius, in the sense of **disobey** or **defy**, as in the previous verse, so that they can destroy the temple rather than ensure that it is rebuilt. In that case, this letter would be leaving out out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to disobey my decree and destroy that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 6 12 y3sn figs-informremind דִּ֣י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 to change it Here Darius repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple this decree applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣מֶת טְעֵ֔ם אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is to do the action. Alternate translation: “I, King Darius, am issuing this decree. I command you to carry it out exactly and efficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 to change it **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 to change it Here, the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:12](../06/12.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ EZR 6 13 pg74 figs-explicit לָ⁠קֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דּ
EZR 6 14 pxrv grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 14 iu9r figs-hendiadys וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ בָּנַ֣יִן וּ⁠מַצְלְחִ֔ין 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The phrase **building and prospering** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **building** tells what the elders **prospered** or succeeded in. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were able to rebuild the temple successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 6 14 mibx figs-explicit בִּ⁠נְבוּאַת֙ חַגַּ֣י נביא⁠ה וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:1](../05/01.md), the implication is that these two men, as God’s messengers, encouraged the Jewish leaders to persevere in the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “thanks to the encouragement that Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo gave them in messages from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 14 l5ag translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Haggai is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 14 tetn translate-names וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai Zechariah is the name of a man, and Iddo is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 14 s1jd figs-hendiadys וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **build** and **complete** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, **completing** is another way of saying **building**. (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “They were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 6 14 d77p figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ 1 Tattenai…Shethar-Bozenai The implication is that what the Jewish leaders were **building and completing**, that is, constructing, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -677,16 +677,16 @@ EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 the uncleanness o
EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 to seek Yahweh To **seek** Yahweh figuratively means choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to worship and obey Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 21 mamh figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 to seek Yahweh As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the **nations of the land**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 6 22 mk5t grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This word indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This is the name of another religious festival that the Law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **unleavened bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are not to eat any leavened bread as well. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “for the next seven days they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 22 nq0t translate-names וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂ֧וּ חַג־מַצּ֛וֹת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֑ה 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria **Feast of Unleavened Bread** is the name of another religious festival that the Law of Moses commanded the Jews to celebrate every year to remember how God had rescued their ancestors from slavery in Egypt. The term **unleavened bread** refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. Unleavened bread is served in the yearly Passover meal in remembrance of that time. For the next week after Passover, the Jews are not to eat any leavened bread as well. The beginning and end of that week are marked by special ceremonies. Alternate translation: “for the next seven days they joyfully celebrated the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 6 22 p2re grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י ׀ שִׂמְּחָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֗ה וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria This part of the sentence gives the reason for the results that the earlier part of the sentence describes, the joyful celebration of the Festival of Unleavened Bread. Within this part of the sentence, the first phrase describes the results of what comes afterwards. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break the entire sentence into three sentences, and make the earlier part about the festival the third and last sentence. You also could show the connection by using a phrase such as “and so” before the third sentence. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews so that he supported the rebuilding of the temple. This had made the people very happy. And so …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metaphor וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Here, **the heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will. Turning the king’s heart towards the Jews figuratively means that Yahweh made him think and feel differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “made King Darius of Persia favorable to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 22 x9ls מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God This phrase actually refers to Darius, the king of Persia. But since the Persian Empire was the heir to the Assyrian Empire, Darius could be addressed by this title as well. (See the note to [4:15](../04/15.md) that explains that the Persian kings considered their **fathers** or predecessor kings to include the Assyrian and Babylonian kings whose empires they had absorbed.) Alternate translation: “King Darius of Persia”
EZR 6 22 m7l7 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the work of the house of God As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about who Yahweh is. In context, it helps distinguish Yahweh from the gods of the **nations of the land**. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshipped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
EZR 7 1 h549 וְ⁠אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 General Information: This phrase, common in Hebrew storytelling, indicates that the book will now relate events that came some time after the events it has described to this point. (Nearly sixty years went by between the sixth year of the reign of Darius, when the Jews finished rebuilding the temple, [6:15](../06/15.md), and the seventh year of Artaxerxes, who was the grandson of Darius, when Ezra traveled to Jerusalem, [7:6](../07/06.md).) If your language has a similar phrase that indicates this same thing, you can use that in your translation.
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 General Information: **Artaxerxes** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: In Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), the book compresses about 30 generations, from Ezra back to Aaron, into a list of 16 ancestors. There is a symbolic significance behind the number of names chosen for the list, as this note will explain shortly. Moreover, three men on the list are included specifically because they had significant roles in the history of the worship of the Israelite community. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the Law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah [(7:1)](../07/01.md) was the last high priest to serve in that temple. Unfortunately, the Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The rest of the names in the list are selected so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra, even though he was Ezra’s great-grandfather. In the Bible, the number seven symbolically represents completeness. So this genealogy does not merely provide a partial list of the names of Ezra’s ancestors. Rather, it depicts his coming to Jerusalem as another definitive moment in the worship life of the Israelite community, comparable to the inauguration of worship in the tabernacle in the wilderness under Moses and in the Jerusalem temple under Solomon. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 General Information: **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Seraiah In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means **descendant**. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression **descendant**, which is true in every case, or to say **son** for actual sons and **descendant** for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Shallum Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ EZR 7 15 qy1s figs-personification דִּ֥י בִֽ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם מ
EZR 7 16 j69i figs-idiom וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also divide this verse into two sentences. This phrase could be the first sentence. **Find** is an idiom that in this context means **can obtain**. Artaxerxes is giving Ezra permission to invite everyone in the province of Babylon to contribute. Alternate translation: “I give you permission to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 16 p3du figs-explicit וְ⁠כֹל֙ כְּסַ֣ף וּ⁠דְהַ֔ב דִּ֣י תְהַשְׁכַּ֔ח בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests The implication is that these would be contributions towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem, just like the gifts described in the rest of the verse. The further implication is that just as the king and his counselors were sympathetic to the Jews in Jerusalem and eager to please the **God of heaven** ([7:23](../07/23.md)), others in the province might be as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to ask everyone living in the province of Babylon to contribute silver and gold towards the expenses of the worship of Yahweh in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 7 16 epbi figs-metonymy בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מְדִינַ֣ת בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Artaxerxes is describing the people who live in the province of Babylon figuratively, by reference to something associated with them, the province where they live. Alternate translation: “everyone living in the province of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests This is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 16 i0eg translate-names בָּבֶ֑ל 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests **Babylon** is the name of one of the provinces in the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [1:11](../01/11.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 16 f74p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤⁠א וְ⁠כָֽהֲנַיָּ⁠א֙ מִֽתְנַדְּבִ֔ין לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלָהֲ⁠הֹ֖ם דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests If you have chosen to divide this verse into two sentences, this can be the second sentence. Here, **the people** means the people of Israel, as in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “I also authorize you to collect any offerings that the people of Israel and their priests want to give freely for the temple in Jerusalem”
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 the freewill offering of the people and the priests Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 7 17 pr2c grammar-connect-logic-result כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ 1 Connecting Statement: This word introduces the final part of the long sentence in [7:14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ EZR 7 19 h6x1 figs-explicit וּ⁠מָֽאנַיָּ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־מִת
EZR 7 19 yho1 figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠פָלְחָ֖ן בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֑⁠ךְ 1 the objects that were given to you The idea behind the abstract noun **service** can be expressed with a verb such as **use**. Alternate translation: “to use in the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 19 bkk8 figs-idiom הַשְׁלֵ֕ם 1 deliver in full before the God of Jerusalem This Aramaic expression means to **make complete**. It is the same one that the Jewish leaders use in [5:16](../05/16.md) when they say that the temple is not “finished” yet. In context it means that Ezra must be sure to deliver every single one of the contributed objects to the temple, so that the complete set that was donated will be reassembled there. (We see him doing this carefully in [8:26–27](../08/26.md)). Alternate translation: “Make sure that you deliver every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 19 a3tf figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God In a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Artaxerxes says that Ezra must place the objects **in front of** God, figuratively meaning in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 19 wsrv figs-metaphor קֳדָ֖ם אֱלָ֥הּ יְרוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 for the service of the house of your God As in [6:18](../06/18.md), in another spatial metaphor, Artaxerxes describes God as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where they can be used in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 20 tytf figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁאָ֗ר חַשְׁחוּת֙ בֵּ֣ית אֱלָהָ֔⁠ךְ דִּ֥י יִפֶּל־לָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠מִנְתַּ֑ן 1 treasury **That falls to you to give** is an idiom that means **that you have occasion to give**, in other words, **that you have to provide**. Alternate translation: “And anything else that you need to provide for the temple of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 7 20 gshw figs-synecdoche תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 treasury This does not mean, as in [5:17](../05/17.md), the place where valuable royal documents were stored. Rather, as with the shorter expression **the treasures of the king** in [6:8](../06/08.md), it means the royal treasury or the royal revenue. It is not necessarily a physical building. **House** likely represents all the wealth of the king figuratively. It is a metaphor for **property**, meaning everything a person owns and keeps in their house, and by extension everything they own. Alternate translation: “I authorize you to pay for from my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 7 20 hgu9 figs-123person בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 treasury Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ EZR 7 21 rfxe figs-123person וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתּ
EZR 7 21 h6c8 figs-activepassive וּ֠⁠מִנִּ⁠י אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 7 21 mlat figs-you יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְ⁠כוֹן 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently The king now addressing the treasurers, so **you** refers to them here and in [7:24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EZR 7 21 zz8u translate-unknown גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔⁠א 1 that anything that Ezra…asks from you, let it be done diligently These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZR 7 21 i7dz translate-names בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 21 i7dz translate-names בַּ⁠עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑⁠ה 1 the Province Beyond the River **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 21 euy1 figs-informremind עֶזְרָ֨א כָהֲנָ֜⁠ה סָפַ֤ר דָּתָ⁠א֙ דִּֽי־אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 let it be done diligently Here, the king provides some background information to remind or inform the treasurers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who is a priest of the God who rules in heaven, and who has carefully studied his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
EZR 7 22 zxtg figs-ellipsis עַד־כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ וְ⁠עַד־חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְ⁠עַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה וּ⁠מְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 one hundred silver talents Here, the king is speaking in an abbreviated, official way, and the connection to the previous verse may not be entirely clear for all readers. He is describing how much he is authorizing Ezra to ask for from the treasury in money and supplies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also make this verse a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “I am authorizing Ezra to ask you treasurers for up to 100 kikkars of silver, 100 cors of wheat, 100 baths of wine, 100 baths of oil, and an unlimited amount of salt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EZR 7 22 c716 translate-bmoney כְּסַף֮ כַּכְּרִ֣ין מְאָה֒ 1 one hundred silver talents You could try to express the modern value of this amount of silver. But since prices vary over time, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate. So you could express the amount instead using the ancient measurement, the kikkar, and explain in a note that this was equivalent to about 30 kilograms. Alternatively, you could specify the weight of the silver in the text, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ EZR 7 27 t4cz figs-metaphor נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב
EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way like that. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a vibrant place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he had made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 28 s38x figs-metonymy וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. The expression means that as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 jzhp figs-metaphor הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 pb8i figs-quotemarks שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me This is the end of the prayer that Ezra prays as he begins to tell his own story. If you indicated the beginning of this prayer in [7:27](../07/27.md) with an opening quotation mark or with the corresponding punctuation or convention in your language, you should use the same means to indicate the end of a quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metonymy וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י 1 So I was strengthened As in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents power and control, and the expression **the hand of Yahweh my God upon me** indicates that Ezra enjoyed Yahweh’s care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “I was encouraged because I recognized that Yahweh my God was helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-ellipsis מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֛ל רָאשִׁ֖ים 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me As [8:1](../08/01.md) shows, **heads** here is an abbreviated way of saying **heads of father’s houses**. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -885,8 +885,8 @@ EZR 8 16 admv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan
EZR 8 16 l322 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹיָרִ֥יב וּ⁠לְ⁠אֶלְנָתָ֖ן 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan Here Ezra lists the names of two more men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 16 tf03 figs-explicit מְבִינִֽים 1 Elnathan…Elnathan…Elnathan This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though they were not leaders, because they were so wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 17 a4dg figs-explicit אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָ⁠רֹ֔אשׁ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֑וֹם 1 Iddo The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I sent them to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 Next I sent them This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א 1 Kasiphia This is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 Next I sent them **Iddo** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֖א 1 Kasiphia **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָ⁠אָשִׂימָ⁠ה֩ בְּ⁠פִי⁠הֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠⁠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 17 y2wd figs-metaphor אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּ⁠כָסִפְיָ֣א הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God Here, **brother** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include Nethinim, that is, temple servants, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the Nethinim who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotemarks לְ⁠הָֽבִיא־לָ֥⁠נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 I put in their mouths the words to speak to Iddo…to send to us servants for the house of our God This is the content of what Ezra told the men men to say to Iddo. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate that by translating these words as a direct quotation, setting them off with quotation marks and introducing them with a colon, or by using whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “Please send us some more people who can serve in the temple of our God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this cha
EZR 9 1 ella grammar-connect-time-sequential וּ⁠כְ⁠כַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה 1 have not separated themselves This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came right after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 9 1 on7w figs-explicit הַ⁠שָּׂרִים֙ 1 have not separated themselves These appear to be the same **leaders** as in [8:29](../08/29.md), that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 9 1 krhd figs-quotemarks נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤⁠י…לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 have not separated themselves After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 9 1 kb76 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves Separation here is a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 1 kb76 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 1 tgdv figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠⁠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵי⁠הֶם 1 have not separated themselves While the similar phrase in [6:21](../06/21.md) spoke of **uncleanness**, that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of **abominations**, that is, things that God cannot stand. Alternate translation: “the things that the other people groups living in the land do that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 1 u0xi figs-idiom מֵ⁠עַמֵּ֖י הָ⁠אֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 have not separated themselves See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 9 1 wnt5 translate-names לַ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַ⁠חִתִּ֜י הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֣י הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֗י הָֽ⁠עַמֹּנִי֙ הַ⁠מֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י וְ⁠הָ⁠אֱמֹרִֽי 1 have not separated themselves These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1010,8 +1010,8 @@ EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבו
EZR 9 6 axnk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you. And so …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EZR 9 6 krv9 figs-metaphor עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ רָבוּ֙ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens **Multiplied** here, means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 eimq figs-abstractnouns עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤י⁠נוּ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **iniquity** with a phrase such as **commit sin**. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 6 bzgy figs-metaphor לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Ezra uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “they are overwhelming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 rls3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens In another spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]], Ezra describes the guilt of this sin as having grown up high like a tree that reaches to the sky. Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 bzgy figs-metaphor לְ⁠מַ֣עְלָ⁠ה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to describe the degree to which the sins have figuratively become greater in number. Alternate translation: “they are overwhelming us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 rls3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens In another spatial metaphor, Ezra describes the guilt of this sin as having grown up high like a tree that reaches to the sky. Alternate translation: “our sins are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 6 c8or figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֥⁠נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a phrase such as **make guilty**. Alternate translation: “they are making us guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 6 athx figs-synecdoche עַ֥ד לַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 our iniquities have risen higher than our head, and our guilt has grown up to the heavens Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of God by reference to something associated with him, **the heavens** or the sky, which was considered to be the place where God lived. Alternate translation: “before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 9 7 sv5f figs-idiom מִ⁠ימֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵ֗י⁠נוּ 1 the days of our fathers The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “From the time of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ EZR 9 8 f4s0 figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠תִתֵּ֛⁠נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥
EZR 9 9 psz0 figs-litotes לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Here, Ezra uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “our God has continued to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZR 9 9 n7de figs-123person לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖⁠נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not abandoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZR 9 9 gk7w grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַֽ⁠יַּט 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us This word indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what the Israelites might have expected God to do, since they were being punished for their disobedience, and what God actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase such as “on the contrary” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
EZR 9 9 h0hr figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 h0hr figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us As in [7:28](../07/28.md), Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help figuratively stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he has helped us, as he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 9 9 xh8d figs-abstractnouns וַֽ⁠יַּט־עָלֵ֣י⁠נוּ חֶ֡סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 but he extended covenant faithfulness to us Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md) and [7:28](../07/28.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel, in order to keep the promises he made to them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “he has helped us, as he promised, by leading the king of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 9 9 eb2m figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֩ מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Here, **face** refers figuratively to the way a person regards things, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. Alternate translation: “by leading the kings of Persia to regard us favorably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 9 9 jkj1 figs-explicit מַלְכֵ֨י פָרַ֜ס 1 in the sight of the king of Persia Ezra probably uses the plural **kings** to acknowledge implicitly that not just Artaxerxes, but also Cyrus and Darius before him, treated the Jews favorably by allowing them to rebuild the temple and by supporting the worship there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could name these kings explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus, King Darius, and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ EZR 10 1 ry9k figs-explicit בָכ֥וּ הָ⁠עָ֖ם הַרְבֵּה־בֶ
EZR 10 2 ygp9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ 1 Shekaniah This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
EZR 10 2 zx9r translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל 1 Shekaniah Shekaniah is the name of a man, and Jehiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 2 at6v figs-metaphor מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 10 2 v7rt translate-names עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 2 v7rt translate-names עֵילָם֙ 1 Jehiel **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 2 hqgs figs-hendiadys וַ⁠יַּעַן֩…וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Jehiel Here, the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
EZR 10 2 wbo8 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֶזְרָ֔א 1 Jehiel After this phrase the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EZR 10 2 af7v figs-metaphor אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 We have been unfaithful to our God As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **unfaithfulness** figuratively means “disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ EZR 10 22 yf1x translate-names אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֤י מַֽעֲשֵׂיָ
EZR 10 23 ef8q translate-names הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֑ם 1 General Information: See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 23 y5l2 translate-names יוֹזָבָ֣ד וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֗י וְ⁠קֵֽלָיָה֙ ה֣וּא קְלִיטָ֔א פְּתַֽחְיָ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה וֶ⁠אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 Jozabad These are the names of six men and an alternate name for one of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 24 mpru הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 Eliashib This is the same occupational group as in [2:41](../02/41.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
EZR 10 24 cg6w translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 24 cg6w translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Eliashib **Eliashib** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 24 zd2i הַ⁠שֹּׁ֣עֲרִ֔ים 1 Eliashib This is the same occupational group as in [2:42](../02/42.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful.
EZR 10 24 dsd1 translate-names שַׁלֻּ֥ם וָ⁠טֶ֖לֶם וְ⁠אוּרִֽי 1 Shallum These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 10 25 edlz figs-personification וּ⁠מִֽ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Parosh Here the story refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “these were from the rest of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.